U.S. patent number 8,796,429 [Application Number 11/755,352] was granted by the patent office on 2014-08-05 for bioactive lipid derivatives, and methods of making and using same.
This patent grant is currently assigned to Lpath, Inc.. The grantee listed for this patent is William A. Garland, Genevieve Hansen, Roger A. Sabbadini. Invention is credited to William A. Garland, Genevieve Hansen, Roger A. Sabbadini.
United States Patent |
8,796,429 |
Sabbadini , et al. |
August 5, 2014 |
Bioactive lipid derivatives, and methods of making and using
same
Abstract
Compositions and methods for producing monoclonal antibodies and
their derivatives reactive against bioactive lipid targets are
described. These compositions include derivatized lipids, each of
which comprises a bioactive lipid that having a polar head group
and at least one hydrocarbon chain (e.g., a lysolipid such as
lysophosphatidic acid or sphingosine-1-phosphate) in which a carbon
atom has been derivatized with a pendant reactive group; immunogens
made by linking a derivatized lipid to a carrier moiety (e.g., a
carrier protein, polyethylene glycol, colloidal gold, alginate, or
a silicone bead); monoclonal antibodies and derivatives produced by
immunizing an animal with such an immunogen; and therapeutic and
diagnostic compositions containing such antibodies and antibody
derivatives. Methods for making such derivatized lipids,
immunogens, and monoclonal antibodies and derivatives, methods for
detecting such antibodies once generated, and therapeutic and
diagnostic methods for using such antibodies and derivatives, are
also described.
Inventors: |
Sabbadini; Roger A. (Lakeside,
CA), Garland; William A. (San Clemente, CA), Hansen;
Genevieve (San Diego, CA) |
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
Sabbadini; Roger A.
Garland; William A.
Hansen; Genevieve |
Lakeside
San Clemente
San Diego |
CA
CA
CA |
US
US
US |
|
|
Assignee: |
Lpath, Inc. (San Diego,
CA)
|
Family
ID: |
38790701 |
Appl.
No.: |
11/755,352 |
Filed: |
May 30, 2007 |
Prior Publication Data
|
|
|
|
Document
Identifier |
Publication Date |
|
US 20070281320 A1 |
Dec 6, 2007 |
|
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
Issue Date |
|
|
60810185 |
May 31, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
60835569 |
Aug 4, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
60923644 |
Apr 16, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
530/403; 436/544;
530/404 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61K
47/544 (20170801); G01N 33/92 (20130101); C07K
16/3076 (20130101); A61P 35/02 (20180101); G01N
33/6854 (20130101); A61P 35/00 (20180101); A61K
47/60 (20170801); A61K 47/643 (20170801); C07K
16/00 (20130101); C07K 16/18 (20130101); C07K
2317/92 (20130101); A61K 2039/505 (20130101); C07K
2317/73 (20130101); C07K 2317/24 (20130101); C07K
2317/56 (20130101); C07K 2317/76 (20130101); C12N
2500/44 (20130101); C07K 2317/565 (20130101) |
Current International
Class: |
C07K
17/14 (20060101); C07K 17/06 (20060101); G01N
33/532 (20060101) |
References Cited
[Referenced By]
U.S. Patent Documents
Foreign Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0173648 |
|
Mar 1986 |
|
EP |
|
0173648 |
|
Mar 1986 |
|
EP |
|
0173663 |
|
Mar 1986 |
|
EP |
|
0404097 |
|
Dec 1990 |
|
EP |
|
0125023 |
|
Jun 1991 |
|
EP |
|
0173663 |
|
Jan 1992 |
|
EP |
|
0519596 |
|
Dec 1992 |
|
EP |
|
0120694 |
|
Jul 1993 |
|
EP |
|
0194276 |
|
Aug 1993 |
|
EP |
|
0239400 |
|
Aug 1994 |
|
EP |
|
736770 |
|
Oct 1996 |
|
EP |
|
09-110722 |
|
Apr 1987 |
|
JP |
|
1987 09-110722 |
|
Apr 1987 |
|
JP |
|
2000-293181 |
|
Oct 2000 |
|
JP |
|
2002-243737 |
|
Aug 2002 |
|
JP |
|
86/01533 |
|
Mar 1986 |
|
WO |
|
93/11161 |
|
Jun 1993 |
|
WO |
|
93/21528 |
|
Oct 1993 |
|
WO |
|
94/07593 |
|
Apr 1994 |
|
WO |
|
97/44019 |
|
Nov 1997 |
|
WO |
|
WO 97/44019 |
|
Nov 1997 |
|
WO |
|
98/03529 |
|
Jan 1998 |
|
WO |
|
WO 98/03529 |
|
Jan 1998 |
|
WO |
|
98/28445 |
|
Jul 1998 |
|
WO |
|
WO 98/28445 |
|
Jul 1998 |
|
WO |
|
98/40349 |
|
Sep 1998 |
|
WO |
|
WO 98/40349 |
|
Sep 1998 |
|
WO |
|
98/57179 |
|
Dec 1998 |
|
WO |
|
WO 98/57179 |
|
Dec 1998 |
|
WO |
|
99/07855 |
|
Feb 1999 |
|
WO |
|
WO 99/07855 |
|
Feb 1999 |
|
WO |
|
99/12890 |
|
Mar 1999 |
|
WO |
|
WO 99/12890 |
|
Mar 1999 |
|
WO |
|
99/16888 |
|
Apr 1999 |
|
WO |
|
WO 99/16888 |
|
Apr 1999 |
|
WO |
|
99/33522 |
|
Jul 1999 |
|
WO |
|
99/33972 |
|
Jul 1999 |
|
WO |
|
WO 99/33972 |
|
Jul 1999 |
|
WO |
|
99/38983 |
|
Aug 1999 |
|
WO |
|
99/41265 |
|
Aug 1999 |
|
WO |
|
99/41266 |
|
Aug 1999 |
|
WO |
|
WO 99/38983 |
|
Aug 1999 |
|
WO |
|
WO 99/41265 |
|
Aug 1999 |
|
WO |
|
WO 99/41266 |
|
Aug 1999 |
|
WO |
|
99/46277 |
|
Sep 1999 |
|
WO |
|
WO 99/46277 |
|
Sep 1999 |
|
WO |
|
99/61581 |
|
Dec 1999 |
|
WO |
|
WO 99/61581 |
|
Dec 1999 |
|
WO |
|
00/00593 |
|
Jan 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/00593 |
|
Jan 2000 |
|
WO |
|
00/21919 |
|
Apr 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/21919 |
|
Apr 2000 |
|
WO |
|
00/40262 |
|
Jul 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/40262 |
|
Jul 2000 |
|
WO |
|
00/52173 |
|
Sep 2000 |
|
WO |
|
00/56135 |
|
Sep 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/52173 |
|
Sep 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/56135 |
|
Sep 2000 |
|
WO |
|
00/58448 |
|
Oct 2000 |
|
WO |
|
00/58491 |
|
Oct 2000 |
|
WO |
|
00/59517 |
|
Oct 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/58448 |
|
Oct 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/58491 |
|
Oct 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/59517 |
|
Oct 2000 |
|
WO |
|
00/70028 |
|
Nov 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/70028 |
|
Nov 2000 |
|
WO |
|
00/72833 |
|
Dec 2000 |
|
WO |
|
WO 00/72833 |
|
Dec 2000 |
|
WO |
|
01/04108 |
|
Jan 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/04139 |
|
Jan 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/04108 |
|
Jan 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/04139 |
|
Jan 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/07418 |
|
Feb 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/07418 |
|
Feb 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/31029 |
|
May 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/38295 |
|
May 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/31029 |
|
May 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/38295 |
|
May 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/55410 |
|
Aug 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/57057 |
|
Aug 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/60990 |
|
Aug 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/55410 |
|
Aug 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/57057 |
|
Aug 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/60990 |
|
Aug 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/71045 |
|
Sep 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/71045 |
|
Sep 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/72701 |
|
Oct 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/72701 |
|
Oct 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/80903 |
|
Nov 2001 |
|
WO |
|
01/85953 |
|
Nov 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/80903 |
|
Nov 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/85953 |
|
Nov 2001 |
|
WO |
|
02/17899 |
|
Mar 2002 |
|
WO |
|
02/051439 |
|
Jul 2002 |
|
WO |
|
03/000701 |
|
Jan 2003 |
|
WO |
|
2004/006847 |
|
Jan 2004 |
|
WO |
|
2005/064332 |
|
Jul 2005 |
|
WO |
|
2006/105062 |
|
Oct 2006 |
|
WO |
|
2008/150841 |
|
Dec 2008 |
|
WO |
|
Other References
Nolli et al. Antibodies against the antibiotics: an overview. Ann.
1st Super Sanita 1991, vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 149-154. cited by
examiner .
He et al. Phospholipid-stabilized Au-nanoparticles. Biomolecules
2005, vol. 6, pp. 1224-1225. cited by examiner .
Anliker et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2001, 20555-20558, 279(20). cited
by applicant .
Lebrun-Julien et al., Invest. Opthalamol. Vis. Sci., 2005, 46(5),
E-Abstract 1319. cited by applicant .
Mills, DTIC [online], 2006, 1-17, 125-138. cited by applicant .
Pyne et al., Biochem. J. , 2000, 385-402, 349(Pt. 2). cited by
applicant .
Svetlov et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 2002, 251-256, 1582(1-3).
cited by applicant .
Thoreson et al., Invest. Opthalamol. Vis. Sci., 2002, 2450-2461,
43(7). cited by applicant .
Yadav et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 2003, 2983-2985, 44(14). cited by
applicant .
Tigyi et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1992, 21360-21367, 267(30). cited by
applicant .
Tomii et al., Jpn J. Med. Sci. Biol., 1991, 75-80, 44(2). cited by
applicant .
Ueda, Pharmacol. Ther., 2006, 57-77, 109(1-2). cited by applicant
.
Umeda et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1989, 601-614, 208(4). cited by
applicant .
Van Leeuwen et al., Biochem. Soc. Trans., 2003, 1209-1212, 31(6).
cited by applicant .
Vaswani et al., Ann. Allergy Asthma Immunol., 1998, 105-119, 81(2).
cited by applicant .
Vemuri et al., Lepr. Rev., 1996, 95-103, 67(2). cited by applicant
.
Vielhaber et al., Glycobiology, 2001, 451-457, 11(6). cited by
applicant .
Weiner et al., J. Neurosci., 2001, 7069-7078, 21(18). cited by
applicant .
Wu, Methods, 2005, 1-2, 36(1). cited by applicant .
Wu et al., Endocrinology, 2005, 3387-3400, 146(8). cited by
applicant .
Xiao et al., Anal. Biochem., 2001, 302-313, 29(2). cited by
applicant .
Xu et al., Cytokine, 1997, 1028-1033, 9(12). cited by applicant
.
Xu et al., JAMA, 1998, 719-723, 280(8). cited by applicant .
Yuan et al. Nat. Cell Biol., 2003, 38-45, 5(1). cited by applicant
.
Zapata et al., Protein Eng., 1995, 1057-1062, 8(10). cited by
applicant .
Zwaal et al., Blood, 1997, 1121-1132, 89(4). cited by applicant
.
Gatt et al., Niemann Pick disease: presence of the
magnesium-dependent sphingomyelinase in brain of the infantile form
of the disease, J. Neurochem., 1978, pp. 547-550, vol. 31, Iss. 2.
cited by applicant .
Gavrilenko et al., Nucleotide sequence of phospholipase C and
sphingomyelinase genes from Bacillus cereus BKM-B164, Bioorg.
Khim., 1993, pp. 133-138, vol. 19, Iss. 1 (English Abstract Only).
cited by applicant .
Geeraert et al., Conversion of dihydroceramide into ceramide:
involvement of a desaturase, Biochem. J., 1997, pp. 125-132, vol.
327, Pt. 1. cited by applicant .
Ghosh et al., Effects of gentamicin on sphingomyelinase activity in
cultured human renal proximal tubular cells, J. Biol. Chem., 1987,
pp. 12550-12556, vol. 262, Iss. 26. cited by applicant .
Ghosh et al., Identification, partial purification, and
localization of a neutral sphingomyelinase in rabbit skeletal
muscle. Neutral sphingomyelinase in skeletal muscle, Mol. Cell.
Biochem., 1998, pp. 161-168, vol. 189, Iss. 1-2. cited by applicant
.
Gilmore et al., A Bacillus cereus cytolytic determinant, cereolysin
AB, which comprises the phospholipase C and sphingomyelinase genes:
a nucleotide sequence and genetic linkage, J. Bacterial., 1989, pp.
744-753, vol. 171, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Glickman et al., Molecular Cloning, Tissue-Specific Expression, and
Chromosomal Localization of a Novel Nerve Growth Factor-Regulated
G-Protein-Coupled Receptor, nrg-1, Mol. Cel. Neurosci., 1999, pp.
141-152, vol. 14, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Goetzl et al., Diversity of cellular receptors and functions for
the lysophospholipid growth factors lysophosphatidic acid and
sphingosine 1-phosphate, Faseb J., 1998, pp. 1589-1598, vol. 12,
Iss. 15. cited by applicant .
Goetzl et al., Eicosanoids and Other Bioactive Lipids in Cancer,
Inflammation, and Radiation Injury, 4. 38: A Subfamily of G
Protein-Coupled Cellular Receptors for Lysophospholipids and
Lysosphingolipids, Introduction: The Biochemistry and Biology of
Lipid Phosphoric Acids, Adv. Exp. Med. Biol., 1999, 259-264, vol.
469. cited by applicant .
Gonda, et al. The novel sphingosine 1-phosphate receptor AGR16 is
coupled via pertussis toxin-sensitive and -insensitive G-proteins
to multiple signalling pathways, Biochem. J., 1999, pp. 67-75, vol.
337, Pt. 1. cited by applicant .
Gonzalez-Zorn et al., The smcL gene of Listeria ivanovii encodes a
sphingomyelinase C that mediates bacterial escape from the
phagocytic vacuole, Mol. Microbial., 1999, pp. 510-523, vol. 33,
Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
Graler et al., EDG6, a Novel G-Protein-Coupled Receptor Related to
Receptors for Bioactive Lysophospholipids, Is Specifically
Expressed in Lymphoid Tissue, Genomics, 1998, pp. 164-169, vol. 53,
Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Granziero et al., Adoptive immunotherapy prevents prostate cancer
in a transgenic animal model, Eur. J. Immunol., 1999, pp.
1127-1138, vol. 29, Iss. 4. cited by applicant .
Gunther, Myocardial contractility after infarction and carnitine
palmitoyltransferase I inhibition in rats, Eur. J. Pharma., 2000,
pp. 123-126, vol. 406, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Hakogi et al., Stereocontrolled synthesis of a sphingomyelin
methylene analogue as a sphingomyelinase inhibitor, Org. Lett.,
2000, pp. 2627-2629, vol. 2, Iss. 17. cited by applicant .
Hanada et al., Specificity of Inhibitors of Seine
Palmitoyltransferase (SPT), a Key Enzyme in Sphingolipid
Biosynthesis in Intact Cells: A novel evaluation system using an
SPT-defective mammalian cell mutant, Biochem. Pharmacol., 2000,
1211-1216, vol. 59, Iss. 10. cited by applicant .
Hannun et al., Functions of Sphingolipids and Sphingolipid
Breakdown Products in Cellular Regulation, Science, 1989, pp.
500-507, vol. 243, No. 4890. cited by applicant .
Hannun et al.., The Sphingomyelin Cycle: A Prototypic Sphingolipid
Signaling Pathway, Adv. Lipid Res., 1993, pp. 27-41, vol. 25. cited
by applicant .
Hannun, Functions of Ceramide in Coordinating Cellular Responses to
Stress, Science, 1996, pp. 1855-1859, vol. 274, No. 5294. cited by
applicant .
Hannun at al, Ceramide in the eukaryotic stress response, Trends
Cell Biol., 2000, pp. 73-80, vol. 10, Iss. 2. cited by applicant
.
He et al., A Fluorescence-Based High-Performance Liquid
Chromatography Assay to Determine Acid Ceramidase Activity, Anal.
Biochem., 1999, pp. 264-269, vol. 274, Iss. 2. cited by applicant
.
Heringdorf et al., Stimulation of intracellular sphingosine-1
-phosphate production by G-protein-coupled sphingosine-1 -phosphate
receptors, Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2001, pp. 145-154, vol. 414, Iss.
2-3. cited by applicant .
Hernandez et al., Rapid Activation of Neutral Sphingomyelinase by
Hypoxia-Reoxygenation of Cardiac Myocytes, Circ. Res., 2000, pp.
198-204, vol. 86, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Hetland et al., Phospholipase C from Bacillus cereus has
sphingomyelinase activity, Scand. J. Clin. Lab. Invest., 1982, Iss.
57-61, vol. 42, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Higuchi et al., Acidic sphingomyelinase-generated ceramide is
needed but not sufficient for TNF-induced apoptosis and nuclear
factor-kappa B activation, J. Immunol., 1996, pp. 297-304, vol.
157, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Hinkovska-Glacheva et al., Activation of a Plasma
Membrane-Associated Neutral Sphingomyelinase and Concomitant
Ceramide Accumulation During IgG-Dependent Phagocytosis in Human
Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes, Blood, 1998, pp. 4761-4769, vol. 91,
No. 12. cited by applicant .
Hise et al., Fatty Acyl Chain Composition in the Determination of
Renal Membrane Order, J. Clin. Invest., 1986, pp. 768-773, vol. 77,
Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
Hla et al., An Abundant Transcript Induced in Differentiating Human
Endothelial Cells Encodes a Polypeptide with Structural
Similarities to G-Protein-coupled Receptors, J. Biol. Chem., 1990,
pp. 9308-9313, vol. 265, Iss. 16. cited by applicant .
Hofmann et al., Cloning and characterization of the mammalian
brain-specific, Mg2+-dependent neutral sphingomyelinase, Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2000, pp. 5895-5900, vol. 97, Iss. 11. cited
by applicant .
Hofstadler et al., Multiplexed Screening of Neutral Mass-Tagged RNA
Targets against Ligand Libraries with Electrospray Ionization FTICR
MS: a Paradigm for High-Throughput Affinity Screening, Anal. Chem.,
1999, pp. 3436-3440, vol. 71, Iss. 16. cited by applicant .
Holopainen et al., Sphingomyelinase Activity. Associated with Human
Plasma Low Density Lipoprotein, J Biol. Chem., 2000, pp.
16484-16489, vol. 275, Iss. 22. cited by applicant .
Horn et al., Sphingofungins E and F: Novel Serinepalmitoyl
Trans-Ferase Inhibitors From Paecilomyces variotii, J. Antibiot.
(Tokyo), 1992, pp. 1692-1696, vol. 45, Iss. 10. cited by applicant
.
Hoye et al., Synthesis (and Alternative Proof of Configuration) of
the Scyphostatin C(1')-C(20') Trienoyl Fragment, Organic Letts.,
2000, pp. 1481-1483, vol. 2, Iss. 10. cited by applicant .
Hudson, Recombinant antibody fragments, Curr. Op. Biotechnol.,
1999, pp. 395-402, vol. 9, Iss. 4. cited by applicant .
Humpf et al., Acylation of naturally occurring and synthetic
1-deoxysphinganines by ceramide synthase. Formation of
N-palmitoyl-aminopentol produces a toxic metabolite of hydrolyzed
fumonisin, AP1, and a new category of ceramide synthase inhibitor,
J. Biol. Chem., 1998, pp. 19060-19064, vol. 273, Iss. 30. cited by
applicant .
Huwiler et al., Physiology and pathophysiology of sphingolipid
metabolism and signling, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 2000, pp. 63-99,
vol. 1485, Iss.2-3. cited by applicant .
Igarashi, Functional Roles of Sphingosine, Sphingosine 1-Phosphate,
and Methylsphingosines: In Regard to Membrane Sphingolipid
Signaling Pathways, J. Biochem., 1997, pp. 1080-1087, vol. 122,
Iss. 6. cited by applicant .
Igarashi, Sphinosine-1-Phosphate as an Intercellular Signaling
Molecule, Ann. NY Acad. Sci.,1998, pp. 19-31, vol. 845. cited by
applicant .
Ikezawa et al., Studies on Sphingomyelinase of Bacillus cereus. 1.
Purification and Properties, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1978, pp.
247-256, vol. 528, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Im et al., Characterization of a novel sphingosine 1-phosphate
receptor, Edg-8, J. Biol. Chem., 2000, pp. 14281-14286, vol. 275,
Iss. 19. cited by applicant .
Im et al., Molecular Cloning and Characterization of a
Lysophosphatidic Acid Receptor, Edg-7, Expressed in Prostate, Mol.
Pharmacol., 2000, pp. 753-759, vol. 57, Iss. 4. cited by applicant
.
Izuhara et al., Studies toward the Total Synthesis of Scyphostatin:
First Entry to the Highly Functionalized Cyclohexenone Segment,
Organic Lett., 2001, pp. 1653-1656, vol. 3, Iss. 11. cited by
applicant .
Jimbo et al., Development of a New Inhibitor of Glucosylceramide
Synthase, J. Biochem., 2000, pp. 485-491, vol. 127, Iss. 3. cited
by applicant .
Johansen et al., Bacillus cereus strain SE-1: nucleotide sequence
of the sphingomyelinase C gene, Nucl. Acids Res., 1998, p. 10370,
vol. 16, Iss. 21. cited by applicant .
Jonghe et al., Structure-Activity Relationship of Short-Chain
Sphingoid Bases as Inhibitors of Sphingosine Kinase, Bioorg.
Medicinal Chem. Lett., 1999, pp. 3175-3180, vol. 9, Iss. 21. cited
by applicant .
Kajstura et al., Apoptotic and Necrotic Myocyte Cell Deaths Are
Independent Contributing Variables of Infarct Size in Rats, Lab.
Invest., 1996, pp. 86-107, vol. 74, Iss. 1. cited by applicant
.
Kanfer et al., The Metabolism of Sphingomyelin. I. Purification and
properties of a sphingomyelin-cleaving enzyme from rat liver
tissue, J. Biol. Chem., 1966, pp. 1081-1084, vol. 241, Iss. 5.
cited by applicant .
Katircioglu et al., Myocardial preservation in acute coronary
artery occlusion with coronary sinus retroperfusion and camitine,
J. Cardiovasc. Surg. (Torino), 1999, pp. 45-50, vol. 41, Iss. 1.
cited by applicant .
Kay et al., Identification of enzyme inhibitors from
phage-displayed combinatorial peptide libraries, Comb. Chem. High
Throughput Screen, 2001, pp. 535-543, vol. 4, Iss. 7 (Abstract
Only). cited by applicant .
Kester, Sphingolipid Metabolites and the Cellular Phenotype, Trends
Glycosci. Glycotechnol., 1997, pp. 447-460, vol. 9, Iss. 50. cited
by applicant .
Kihara et al., Direct Measurement of Changes in Intercellular
Calcium Transients During Hypoxia, Ischemia, and Reperfusion of the
Intact Mammalian Heart, Circ. Res., 1989, pp. 1029-1044, vol. 65,
Iss. 4. cited by applicant .
Kimura et al., Two Novel Xenopus Homologs of Mammalian LPA1/EDG-2
Function as Lysophosphatidic Acid Receptors in Xenopus oocytes and
Mammalian Cells, J. Biol. Chem., 2001, pp. 15208-15215, vol. 276,
Iss. 18. cited by applicant .
Kita et al., Reverse hydrolysis reaction of a recombinant alkaline
ceramidase of Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 2000,
pp. 111-120, vol. 1485, Iss. 2-3. cited by applicant .
Kohama et al., Molecular cloning and functional characterization of
murine sphingosine kinase, J. Biol. Chem., 1998, pp. 23722-23728,
vol. 273, Iss. 37. cited by applicant .
Kolesnick, The thereapeutic potential of modulating the
ceramide/sphingomyelin pathway, J. Clin. Inv., 2002, pp. 3-8, vol.
110, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Kolesnick et al., Characterization of a Ceramide Kinase Activity
from Human Leukemia (HL-60) Cells: Separation From Diacylglycerol
Kinase Activity, J. Biol. Chem., 1990, pp. 18803-18808, vol. 265,
Iss. 31. cited by applicant .
Krown et al., Tumor necrosis factor alpha-induced apoptosis in
cardiac myocytes. Involvement of the sphingolipid signaling cascade
in cardiac cell death, J. Clin. Invest., 1996, pp. 2854-2865, vol.
98, Iss. 12. cited by applicant .
Kubota et al., Accumulation of ceramide in ischemic human brain of
an acute case of cerebral occlusion, Japan J. Exp. Med., 1989, pp.
59-64, vol. 59, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Kubota et al., Sphingomyelin changes in rat cerebral cortex during
focal ischemia, Neurol. Res., 1996, pp. 337-341, vol. 18, Iss. 4.
cited by applicant .
Lanterman et al., Characterization of sphingosine kinase (SK)
activity in Saccharomyces cerevisiae and isolation of SK-deficient
mutants, Biochem. J., 1998, pp. 525-531, vol. 332, Pt. 2. cited by
applicant .
Lee et al., Cell-cycle-dependent changes in ceramide levels
preceding retinoblastoma protein dephosphorylation in G2/M,
Biochem. J., 1998, pp. 457-461, vol. 334, Pt. 2. cited by applicant
.
Lee et al., Effect of Ischemia on Calcium-Dependent Fluorescence
Transients in Rabbit Hearts Containing Indo 1. Correlation with
Monophasic Action Potentials and Contraction, Circ., 1988, pp.
1047-1051, vol. 78 Iss. 4. cited by applicant .
Lee et al., Improved Inhibitors of Glucosylceramide Synthase, J.
Bio. Chem., 1999, pp. 14662-14669, vol. 274, Iss. 21. cited by
applicant .
Lee et al., Sphingosine 1-Phosphate Induces Angiogenesis: Its
Angiogenic Action and Signaling Mechanism in Human Umbilical
Endothelial Cells, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 1999, pp.
743-755, vol. 264, Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
Lee et al., Lysophosphatidic acid and sphingosine 1-phosphate
stimulate endothelial cell wound healing, Am. J. Physiol. Cell
Physiol., 2000, pp. C612-C618, vol. 278, Iss. 3. cited by applicant
.
Levade, et al., Sphingomyelinases and Niemann-Pick disease, J.
Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., 1986, pp. 205-220, vol. 24, Iss. 4.
cited by applicant .
Li et al., The Human Acid Ceramidase Genes (ASAH): Structure,
Chromosomal Location, Mutation Analysis, and Expression, Genomics,
1999, pp. 223-231, vol. 62, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Liliom et al., Sphingosylphosphocholine is a naturally occurring
lipid mediator in blood plasma: a possible role in regulating
cardiac function via sphingolipid receptors, Biochem. J., 2001, pp.
189-197, vol. 355, Pt. 1. cited by applicant .
Lin et al., Identification of neutral and acidic sphingomyelinases
in Helicobacter pylori, FEBS Lett., 1998, pp. 249-253, vol. 423,
Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Linn et al., Regulation of de novo sphingolipid biosynthesis and
the toxic consequences of its disruption, Biochem. Soc., 2001, pp.
831-835, vol. 29, Pt. 6. cited by applicant .
Lister et al., Interaction of sphingomyelinase with sphingomyelin
analogs modified at the G1 and C-3 positions of the sphingosine
backbone, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, pp. 25-30, vol. 1256, Iss.
1. cited by applicant .
Little at al, Surface display of antibodies, Biotechn. Adv., 1994,
pp. 539-555, vol. 12, Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
Liu et al., Inhibition of the neutral magnesium-dependent
sphingomyelinase by glutathione, J. Biol. Chem., 1997, pp.
16281-16287, vol. 272, Iss. 26. cited by applicant .
Liu et al., Glutathione regulation of neutral sphingomyelinase in
tumor necrosis factor-alpha-induced cell death, J. Biol. Chem.,
1998, pp. 11313-11320, vol. 273, Iss. 18. cited by applicant .
Liu et al., Advances in the signal transduction of ceramide and
related sphingolipids, Crit. Rev. Clin. Lab. Sci., 1999, pp.
511-573, vol. 36, Iss. 6. cited by applicant .
Liu et al., Purification and Characterization of a Membrane Bound
Neutral pH Optimum Magnesium-dependent and
Phosphatidylserine-stimulated Sphingomyelinase from Rat Brain, J.
Biol. Chem., 1998, pp. 34472-34479, vol. 273, Iss. 51. cited by
applicant .
Liu et al., Molecular Cloning and Functional Characterization of a
Novel Mammalian Sphingosine Kinase Type 2 Isoform, J. Biol. Chem.,
2000, pp. 19513-19520, vol. 275, Iss. 26. cited by applicant .
Liu et al., Sphingomyelinase Assay Using Radiolabeled Substrate,
Meth. Enzymol., 2000, pp. 164-167, vol. 311. cited by applicant
.
Lochhead at al, Fluorinated anesthetic exposure activates the renal
cortical sphingomyelinase cascade, Kidney Int., 1998, pp. 373-381,
vol. 54, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Luberto et al., Sphingomyelin synthase, a potential regulator of
intracellular levels of ceramide and diacylglycerol during SV40
transformation. Does sphingomyelin synthase account for the
putative phosphatidylcholine-specific phopholipase C?, J. Biol.
Chem., 1998, pp. 14550-14559, vol. 273, Iss. 23. cited by applicant
.
Luberto at al., Sphingolipid Metabolism in the Regulation of
Bioactive Molecules, Lipids, 1999, S5-S11, vol. 34, Supp. 1. cited
by applicant .
Lynch at al., Life on the edg, Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 1999, pp.
473-475, vol. 20, Iss. 12. cited by applicant .
Magnelli et al., BCL-2 Overexpression Abolishes Early Calcium
Waving Preceding Apoptosis in NIH-3T3 Murine, Biochem. Biophys.
Res. Comm., 1994, pp. 84-90, vol. 204, Iss. 1. cited by applicant
.
Mandala et al., Inhibition of Serine Palmitoyl-Transferase Activity
by Lipoxamycin, J. Antibiot. (Tokyo), 1994, pp. 376-379, vol. 47,
Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
Mandala et al., The Discovery of Australifungin, a novel Inhibitor
of Sphinganine N-Acyltransferase from Sporormiella australis.
Producing Organism, Fermentation, Isolation, and Biological
Activity, J. Antibiot. (Tokyo), 1995, pp. 349-356, vol. 48, Iss. 5.
cited by applicant .
Mandala et al., Khafrefungin, a novel inhibitor of sphingolipid
synthesis, J. Biol. Chem., 1997, pp. 32709-32714, vol. 272, Iss.
51. cited by applicant .
Mandala et al., Viridiofungins, Novel Inhibitors of Sphingolipid
Synthesis, J. Antibiot. (Tokyo), 1997, pp. 339-343, vol. 50, Iss.
4. cited by applicant .
Mandala et al., Sphingoid base 1-phosphate phosphatase: a key
regulator of sphingolipid metabolism and stress response, Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1998, pp. 150-155, vol. 95, Iss. 1. cited by
applicant .
Mandala et al., Isolation and Characterization of Novel Inhibitors
of Sphingolipid Synthesis: Australifungin, Viridiofungins,
Rustmicin, and Khafrefungin, Methods Enzymol., 1999, pp. 335-348,
vol. 311. cited by applicant .
Mandala et al., Molecular cloning and characterization of a lipid
phosphohydrolase that degrades sphingosine-1-phosphate and induces
cell death, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2000, pp. 7859-7864, vol.
97, Iss. 14. cited by applicant .
Mandala et al., Sphingosine-1-Phosphate Phosphatases,
Prostaglandins Other Lipid Mediat., 2001, pp. 143-156, vol. 64,
Iss.1-4. cited by applicant .
Mao et al., Molecular cloning and characterization of SCaMPER, a
Sphingolipid Ca2+ release-mediating protein from endoplasmic
reticulum, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1996, pp. 1993-1996, vol.
93, Iss. 5. cited by applicant .
Mao et al., Cloning of an Alkaline Ceramidase from Saccharomyces
cerevisiae: An Enzyme with Reverse (CoA-Independent) Ceramide
Synthase Activity, J. Biol. Chem., 2000, pp. 6876-6884, vol. 275,
Iss. 10. cited by applicant .
Mao et al., Cloning and Characterization of a Saccharomyces
cerevisiae Alkaliine Ceramidase with Specificity for
Dihydroceramide, J. Biol. Chem., 2000, pp. 31369-31378, vol. 275,
Iss. 40. cited by applicant .
Mao et al., Cloning and Characterization of a Novel Human Alkaline
Ceramidase: A Mammalian Enzyme That Hydrolyzes Phytoceramide, J.
Biol. Chem., 2001, pp. 26577-26588, vol. 276, Iss. 28. cited by
applicant .
Marks et al., Methods for Studying Glucosylceramide Synthase,
Methods Enzymol., 1999, pp. 50-59, vol. 311. cited by applicant
.
Martin et al., Neutral Magnesium-Dependent Sphingomyelinase from
Liver Plasma Membrane: Purification and Inhibition by Ubiquinol, J.
Bioenerg. Biomember., 2001, pp. 143-153, vol. 33, Iss. 2. cited by
applicant .
Meacci et al., Receptor-mediated activation of phospholipase D by
sphingosine 1-phosphate in skeletal muscle C2C12 cells: A role for
protein kinase C, FEBS Lett., 1999, pp. 184-188, vol. 457, Iss. 2.
cited by applicant .
Meldrum, Tumor necrosis factor in the heart, Am. J. Physiol., 1998,
pp. R577-R595, vol. 274, Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
Melendez et al., Human sphingosine kinase: molecular cloning,
functional characterization and tissue distribution, Gene, 2000,
pp. 19-26, vol. 251, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Smith et al., Hypoxia, calcium fluxes, and inotropic state: Studies
in cultured heart cells, Am. Heart J., 1982, pp. 716-723, vol. 103,
Iss. 4, Pt. 2. cited by applicant .
Smith et al., Purified Fumonisin B1 Decreases Cardiovascular
Function but does not Alter Pulmonary Capillary Permeability in
Swine, Toxicol. Sci., 2000, pp. 240-249, vol. 56, Iss. 1. cited by
applicant .
Spence et al., A new Zn2+-stimulated sphingomyelinase in fetal
bovine serum, J. Biol. Chem., 1989, pp. 5358-5363, vol. 264, Iss.
10. cited by applicant .
Spence, Sphingomyelinases, Adv. Lipid Res., 1993, pp. 3-23, vol.
26. cited by applicant .
Spiegel et al., Sphingolipid metabolism and cell growth regulation,
FASEB J., 1996, pp. 1388-1397, vol. 10, Iss. 12. cited by applicant
.
Spiegel et al., Review: Roles of Sphingosine-1-phosphate in Cell
Growth, Differentiation, and Death, Biochemistry (Mosc)., 1998, pp.
69-73, vol. 63, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Spiegel et al., Functions of a new family of
sphingosine-1-phosphate receptors, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 2000,
pp. 107-116, vol. 1484, Iss. 2-3. cited by applicant .
Sucheck et al., Combinatorial synthesis of aminoglycoside
libraries, Curr. Opin. Drug Disc. Develop., 2001, pp. 462-470, vol.
4, Iss. 4 (Abstract Only). cited by applicant .
Sugita at al, Ceramidase and ceramide synthesis in human kidney and
cerebellum. Description of a new alkaline ceramidase, Biochim.
Biophys. Acta, 1975, pp. 125-131, vol. 398, Iss. 1. cited by
applicant .
Sugiyama et al., Sphingosine 1-phosphate induces sinus tachycardia
and coronary vasoconstriction in the canine heart, Cardiovasc.
Res., 2000, pp. 119-125, vol. 46, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Sumnicht et al., Lipid Composition of Transverse Tubular Membranes
from Normal and Dystrophic Skeletal Muscle, Arch. Biochem.
Biophys., 1982, pp. 628-637, vol. 215, Iss. 2. cited by applicant
.
Szulc et al., A facile regioselective synthesis of sphingosine
1-phosphate and ceramide 1-phosphate, Tetrahedron Lett., 2000, pp.
7821-7824, vol. 41, Iss. 41. cited by applicant .
Tamura et al., Mass Production of Sphingomyelinase of Bacillus
cereus by a Protein-Hyperproducing Strain, Bacillus brevis 47, and
Its Purification, J. Biochem. (Tokyo), 1992, pp. 488-491, vol. 112,
Iss. 4. cited by applicant .
Tanaka et al., Structural Elucidation of Scyphostatin, an Inhibitor
of Membrane-Bound Neutral Sphingomyelinase, J. Am. Chem. Soc.,
1997, pp. 7871-7872, vol. 199, Iss. 33. cited by applicant .
Tani et al., Purification and Characterization of a Neutral
Ceramidase from Mouse Liver: A single Protein Catalyzes the
Reversible Reaction in Which Ceramide is Both Hydrolyzed and
Synthesized, J. Biol. Chem., 2000, pp. 3462-3468, vol. 275, Iss. 5.
cited by applicant .
Tazabekova et al., Synthesis of sphingomyelin phosphonate analogues
and preparation of an affinity sorbent for the sphingomyelinase
purification, Bioorg. Khim., 1987, pp. 648-653, vol. 13, Iss. 5
(English Abstract Only). cited by applicant .
Tomita et al.., Secondary structure of sphingomyelinase from
Bacillus cereus, J. Biochem. (Tokyo), 1990, pp. 811-815, vol. 108,
Iss. 5. cited by applicant .
Tomiuk et al., Cloned mammalian neutral sphingomyelinase: Functions
in sphingolipid signaling?, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1998, pp.
3638-3643, vol. 95, Iss. 7. cited by applicant .
Torley et al., A turbidometric assay for phospholipase C and
sphingomyelinase, Anal. Biochem., 1994, pp. 461-464, vol. 222, Iss.
2. cited by applicant .
Tosaka et al., Sphingosine 1-phosphate contracts canine basilar
arteries in vitro and in vivo: possible role in pathogenesis of
cerebral vasospasm, Stroke, 2001, pp. 2913-2919, vol. 32, Iss. 12.
cited by applicant .
Triola et al., Synthesis of a Cyclopropene Analogue of Ceramide, a
Potent Inhibitor of Dihydroceramide Desaturase, Angew. Chem. Int.
Ed., 2001, pp. 1960-1962, vol. 40, Iss. 10. cited by applicant
.
Tsunoda et al., Early Fumonisin B1 Toxicity in Relation to
Disrupted Sphingolipid Metabolism in Male BALB/c Mice, J. Biochem.
Mol. Toxicol., 1998, pp. 281-289, vol. 12, Iss. 5. cited by
applicant .
Uchida et al., Alutenusin, a Specific Neutral Sphingomyelinase
Inhibitor, Produced by Penicillium sp. FO-7436, J. Antibiot.
(Tokyo), 1999, pp. 572-574, vol. 52, Iss. 6. cited by applicant
.
Urdal, The Biochemistry of Tumor Associated Gangliotriosylceramide
and the Use of This Glycolipid as a Target for Antibody Dependent,
Avidin Mediated Drug Killing of Tumor Cells, Dissertation Abstracts
Int., 1980, pp. 4062-4063, vol. 41, Iss. 11B (Abstract Only). cited
by applicant .
Usta et al., Structural Requirements of Ceramide and Sphingosine
Based Inhibitors of Mitochondrial Ceramidase, Biochemistry, 2000,
pp. 9657-9668, vol. 40, Iss. 32. cited by applicant .
Van Brocklyn et al., Sphingosine 1-phosphate-induced cell rounding
and neurite retraction are mediated by the G protein-coupled
receptor H218, J. Biol. Chem., 1999, pp. 4626-4632, vol. 274, Iss.
8. cited by applicant .
Van Veldhoven et al., Human sphingosine-1-phosphate lyase: cDNA
cloning, functional expression studies and mapping to chromosome
10q22(1), Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 2000, pp. 128-134, vol. 1487,
Iss. 2-3. cited by applicant .
Van Veldhoven, Shingosine-1-phosphate Lyase, Methods Enzymol. 1999,
pp. 244-254, vol. 311. cited by applicant .
Van Veldhoven et al., Sphingosine-Phosphate Lyase, Adv. Lipid Res.,
1993, pp. 69-98, vol. 26. cited by applicant .
Visentin et al., Validation of an anti-sphingosine-1-phosphate
antibody as a potential therapeutic in reducing growth, invasion,
and angiogenesis in multiple tumor lineages, Cancer Cell., 2006,
pp. 225-238, vol. 9, Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
Vivekananda et al., Sphingomyelin metabolites inhibit sphingomyelin
synthase and CTP:phosphocholine cytidylyltransferase, Am. J.
Physiol. Lung Cell. Mol. Physiol., 2001, pp. L98-L107, vol. 228,
Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Walev et al., Selective killing of human monocytes and cytokine
release provoked by sphingomyelinase (beta-toxin) of Staphylococcus
aureus, Infect. Immun., 1996, pp. 2974-2979, vol. 64, Iss. 8. cited
by applicant .
Wang et al., A Single Amino Acid Determines Lysophospholipid
Specificity of the S1 P1 (EDG1) and LPA1 (EDG2) Phospholipid Growth
Factor Receptors, J. Biol. Chem., 2001, pp. 49213-49220, vol. 276,
Iss. 52. cited by applicant .
Webster's Dictionary, 1990, p. 1135. cited by applicant .
Winter et al., Making antibodies by phage display technology, Annu.
Rev. Immunol., 1994, pp. 433-455, vol. 12. cited by applicant .
Wright et al., Genetically engineered antibodies: progress and
prospects, Crit. Rev. Immunol., 1992, pp. 125-168, vol. 12, Iss.
3-4. cited by applicant .
Xia et al., Tumor necrosis factor-alpha induces adhesion molecule
expression through the sphingosine kinase pathway, Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, 1988, pp. 14196-14201, vol. 95, No. 24. cited by
applicant .
Xia et al., High density lipoproteins (HDL) interrupt the
sphingosine kinase signaling pathway. A possible mechanism for
protection against atherosclerosis by HDL, J. Biol. Chem., 1999,
pp. 33143-33147, vol. 274, Iss. 46. cited by applicant .
Xu et al., Involvement of de novo ceramide biosynthesis in tumor
necrosis factor-alpha/cycloheximide-induced cerebral endothelial
cell death, J. Biol. Chem., 1998, pp. 16521-16526, vol. 273, Iss.
26. cited by applicant .
Xu et al., Sphingosylphosphorylcholine is a ligand for ovarian
cancer G-protein-coupled receptor 1, Nat. Cell Biol., 2000, pp.
261-267, vol. 2, Iss. 5. cited by applicant .
Yada et al., Purification and biochemical characterization of
membrane-bound epidermal ceramidases from guinea pig skin, J. Biol.
Chem., 1995, pp. 12677-12684, vol. 270, Iss. 21. cited by applicant
.
Yamada et al., Nucleotide sequence and expression in Escherichia
coli of the gene coding for sphingomyelinase of Bacillus cereus,
Eur. J. Biochem., 1988, pp. 213-220, vol. 175, Iss. 2. cited by
applicant .
Yamaji et al., Lysenin, a novel sphingomyelin-specific binding
protein, J. Biol. Chem., 1998, pp. 5300-5306, vol. 273, Iss. 9.
cited by applicant .
Yamanaka et al., Acid Sphingomyelinase of Human Brain: Purification
to Homogeneity, J. Neurochem., 1982, pp. 1753-1764, vol. 38, Iss.
6. cited by applicant .
Yamazaki et al., Edg-6 as a Putative Sphingosine 1-Phosphate
Receptor Coupling to Ca2+ Signaling Pathway, Biochem. Biophys. Res.
Commun., 2000, pp. 583-589, vol. 268, Iss. 2. cited by applicant
.
Yatomi et al., Sphiongosine-1-Phosphate: A Platelet-Activating
Sphingolipid Released from Agonist Stimulated Human Platelets,
Blood, 1995, pp. 193-202, vol. 86, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Yatomi et al., Sphingosine 1-phosphate induces platelet activation
through an extracellular action and shares a platelet surface
receptor with lysophosphatidic acid, J. Biol. Chem., 1997, pp.
5291-5297, vol. 272, Iss. 8. cited by applicant .
Yatomi et al., Sphingosine 1-phosphate, a bioactive sphingolipid
abundantly stored in platelets, is a normal constituent of human
plasma and serum, J. Biochem., 1997, pp. 969-973, vol. 121, Iss. 5.
cited by applicant .
Yellon et al., Ischaemic preconditioning limits infarct size in the
rat heart, Cardiovasc. Res., 1992, pp. 983-987, vol. 26, Iss. 10.
cited by applicant .
Yoshimura et al., Inhibition of Neutral Sphingomyelinase Activation
and Ceramide Formation by Glutathione in Hypoxic PC12 Cell Death,
J. Neurochem., 1999, pp. 675-683, vol. 73, Iss. 2. cited by
applicant .
Yu et al., Picotal role for acidic sphingomyelinase in cerebral
ischemia-induced ceramide and cytokine production, and neuronal
apoptosis, J. Mol. Neurosci., 2000, pp. 85-97, vol. 15, Iss. 2.
cited by applicant .
Zager et al., Decreased expression of mitochondrial-derived H202
and hydroxyl radical in cytoresistant proximal tubules, Kidney
Int., 1997, pp. 942-952, vol. 52, Iss. 4. cited by applicant .
Zechner et al., MKK6 inhibits myocardial cell apoptosis via a p38
MAP kinase-dependent pathway, J. Biol. Chem., 1998, pp. 8232-8239,
vol. 273, Iss. 14. cited by applicant .
Zelinski et al., Phosphatidylcholine biosynthesis in isolated
hamster heart, J. Biol. Chem., 1980, pp. 11423-11428, vol. 255,
Iss. 23. cited by applicant .
Zhang et al., Comparative analysis of three murine G-protein
coupled receptors activated by sphingosine-1-phosphate, Gene, 1999,
pp. 89-99, vol. 227, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Zhang et al., Human Acid Ceramidase Gene: Novel Mutations in Farber
Disease, Mol. Genet. Metab., 2000, pp. 301-309, vol. 70, Iss. 4.
cited by applicant .
Zhou et al., Identification of the First Mammalian Sphingosine
Phosphate Lyase Gene and its Functional Expression in Yeast,
Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 1998, pp. 502-507, vol. 242, Iss. 3.
cited by applicant .
Zweerink et al., Characterization of a Novel, Potent, and Specific
Inhibitor of Serine Palmitoyltransferase, J. Biol. Chem., 1992, pp.
25032-25038, vol. 267, Iss. 35. cited by applicant .
Adzick et al., Ann. Surg., 1994, 10-18, 220(1). cited by applicant
.
Arruda et al., Brain Res., 2000, 216-225, 879(1-2). cited by
applicant .
Baker et al., Anal. Biochem., 2001, 287-295, 292(2). cited by
applicant .
Banerji et al., Biochem. Cell Biol., 1990, 96-101, 68(1). cited by
applicant .
Baranauskas et al., Prog. Neurobiol., 1998, 349-365, 54(3). cited
by applicant .
Baudhuin et al., FASEB J., 2004, 341-343, 18(2). cited by applicant
.
Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 1-19, 66(1). cited by applicant
.
Brazma et al., FEBS Lett., 2000, 17-24, 480(1). cited by applicant
.
Brindley, J. Cell. Biochem., 2004, 900-912, 92(5). cited by
applicant .
Calcutt et al., Anesthesiology, 2000, 1271-1278, 93(5). cited by
applicant .
Campbell, Lab. Techniques Biochem. Mol. Biol., 1984, 1-33, 13, Ch.
1. cited by applicant .
Carmeliet, Nature, 2005, 932-936, 438(7070). cited by applicant
.
Celis et al., FEBS Lett., 2000, 2-16, 480(1). cited by applicant
.
Chen et al., Anal. Chem. 2000, 2949-2956, 72(13). cited by
applicant .
Chen et al., Bioorg. Medic. Chem. Lett., 2000, 1691-1693, 10(15).
cited by applicant .
Chen et al., Lipid Mediat., 2005, 65-76, 77(1-4). cited by
applicant .
Chintalacharuvu et al., Methods, 1995, 73-82, 8. cited by applicant
.
Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1985, 651-663, 186(3). cited by
applicant .
Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1987, 901-917, 196(4). cited by
applicant .
Chun et al, Curr. Pharm. Des., 2006, 161-171, 12(2). cited by
applicant .
Clackson et al., Nature, 1991, 624-628, 352(6336). cited by
applicant .
Coderre et al., J. Neurosci, 1992, 3665-3670, 12(9). cited by
applicant .
Coyle et al., Chem. Mater., 1989, 606-611, 1(6). cited by applicant
.
Desgeorges et al., J. Rheumatol., 1997, 1510-1516, 24(8). cited by
applicant .
Deutschman et al., Am. Heart J., 2003, 62-68, 146(1). cited by
applicant .
Diaz et al., Bioconjug. Chem., 1998, 250-254, 9(2). cited by
applicant .
Dubner et al., Trends Neurosci., 1992, 96-103, 15(3). cited by
applicant .
Fabianowski et al., Langmuir, 1989, 35-41, 5(1). cited by applicant
.
Fang et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 2002, 257-264, 1582(1-3).
cited by applicant .
Flatters et al., Pain, 2006, 245-257, 122(3). cited by applicant
.
French et al., Cancer Res., 2003, 5962-5969, 63(18). cited by
applicant .
Fujita et al., Neurochem. Int. 2007, 351-355, 50(2). cited by
applicant .
Fujiwara et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2005, 35038-35050, 280(41). cited
by applicant .
Fukushima et al., Dev Biol., 2000, 6-18, 228(1). cited by applicant
.
Fukushima et al., Neurochem. Int., 2007, 302-307, 50(2). cited by
applicant .
Gardell et al., Trends Mol. Med., 2006, 65-75, 12(2). cited by
applicant .
George et al., Pain, 2000, 267-275, 88(3). cited by applicant .
Goetzl et al., Scientific World J., 2002, 324-338, 2. cited by
applicant .
Goetzl et al., J. Clin. Invest., 2004, 1531-1537, 114(11). cited by
applicant .
Hargreaves et al., Pain, 1988, 77-88, 32(1). cited by applicant
.
Holliger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1993, 6444-6448,
90(14). cited by applicant .
Horgan et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 2004, 83-94, 319(1).
cited by applicant .
Huang et al., Cancer Res., 2005, 4408-4416, 65(10). cited by
applicant .
Igarashi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2003, 10664-10669,
100(19). cited by applicant .
Inoue et al., Nat. Med., 2004, 712-718, 10(7). cited by applicant
.
Inoue et al., J. Neurochem., 2008, 1556-1565, 107(6). cited by
applicant .
Jalink et al., Cell Growth Differ., 1993, 247-255, 4(4). cited by
applicant .
Jin et al., Exp. Neurol., 2008, 229-237, 210(1). cited by applicant
.
Jolivalt et al., Pain, 2006, 14-21, 121(1-2). cited by applicant
.
Jones et al., Nature, 1986, 522-525, 321(6069). cited by applicant
.
Jozwiak et al., Eur. J. Cancer Clin. Oncol., 1982, 617-621, 18(7).
cited by applicant .
Kabat, Pharmacol. Rev., 1982, 23-38, 34(1). cited by applicant
.
Khachigan, Circ. Res., 2006, 186-191, 98(2). cited by applicant
.
Kingsbury et al., Nat. Neurosci., 2003, 1292-1299, 6(12). cited by
applicant .
Kohler et al., Nature, 1975, 495-497, 256(5517). cited by applicant
.
Kotani et al., New Engl. J. Med., 2000, 1514-1519, 343(21). cited
by applicant .
Krishnamurthy et al., J. Lipid Res., 2007, 968-975, 48(4). cited by
applicant .
Lagerqvist et al., Br. Heart J., 1992, 282-285, 68(9). cited by
applicant .
Lam et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1997, 1250-1255, 86(11). cited by
applicant .
Larson et al., Cytometry, 2000, 203-208, 41(3). cited by applicant
.
Lee et al., Cancer Res., 2006, 2740-2748, 66(5). cited by applicant
.
Leung et al., J. Neuroinflamm., 2010, 27, 7(1). cited by applicant
.
Luster et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2006, 29863-29871, 281(40). cited by
applicant .
Ma et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 2010, 540-546, 333(2). cited
by applicant .
Maceyka et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 2002, 192-201, 1585(2-3).
cited by applicant .
Maneta-Peyret et al., J. Immunol. Methods, 1988, 123-127, 108(1-2).
cited by applicant .
Maneta-Peyret et al., J. Immunol. Methods, 1989, 155-159, 122(2).
cited by applicant .
Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1991, 581-597, 222(3). cited by
applicant .
Matsumoto et al., Rheumatol. Int., 2006, 1096-1100, 26(12). cited
by applicant .
Matteo et al., Proc. Ann. Meeting Am. Assoc. Canc. Res., 2007, 971,
48. cited by applicant .
Millan, Prog. Neurobiol., 1999, 1-164, 57(1). cited by applicant
.
Mills et al., Nat. Rev. Cancer, 2003, 582-591, 3(8). cited by
applicant .
Moolenaar, Exp. Cell Res., 1999, 230-238, 253(1). cited by
applicant .
Moolenaar et al., BioEssays, 2004, 870-881, 26(8). cited by
applicant .
Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1984, 6851-6855,
81(21). cited by applicant .
Moulin, Pain Res. Manag., 2006, 30A-36A, 11(Suppl. A). cited by
applicant .
Mueller et al., Nat. Rev. Drug Discov., 2005, 387-398, 4(5). cited
by applicant .
Murphy et al. (Ed.), Janeway's Immunobiology, Fifth Edition, 2001,
Garland Publishing, London, UK (Electronic Table of Contents Only).
cited by applicant .
Myers et al., Drug Disc. Today, (2006), 8-20, 11(1-2). cited by
applicant .
Ohlsson et al., Tetrahedron, 2000, 9975-9984, 56(51). cited by
applicant .
Polomano et al., Pain, 2001, 293-304, 94(3). cited by applicant
.
Presta, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol., 1992, 593-596, 2(4). cited by
applicant .
Queen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 10029-10033,
86(24). cited by applicant .
Ramakers et al., Exp. Cell Res., 1998, 252-262, 245(2). cited by
applicant .
Ramer et al. J. Neurosci., 2004, 10796-10805, 24(48). cited by
applicant .
Ran et al., Clin. Cancer Res., 2005, 1551-1562, 11(4). cited by
applicant .
Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition (1980) (Table of
Contents). cited by applicant .
Riechmann et al., Nature, 1988, 323-329, 332(6162). cited by
applicant .
Scherer et al., Cardiovasc. Res., 2006, 79-87, 70(1). cited by
applicant .
Schousboe, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1979, 396-408, 579(2). cited by
applicant .
Seltzer et al., Pain, 1990, 205-218, 43(2). cited by applicant
.
Shen et al., Gynecol. Oncol., 2001, 25-30, 83(1). cited by
applicant .
Simard et al., Nat. Med., 2006, 433-440, 12(4). cited by applicant
.
Simon et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2005, 14656-14662, 280(15). cited by
applicant .
Spiegel et al., Leukemia, 2002, 1596-1602, 16(9). cited by
applicant .
Spiegel et al., Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol., 2003, 397-407, 4(5).
cited by applicant .
Suomalainen et al., Am. J. Pathol., 2005, 773-781, 166(3). cited by
applicant .
Sutcliffe et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2000, 1976-1981,
97(5). cited by applicant .
Sutphen, Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev., 2004, 1185-1191,
13(7). cited by applicant .
Tamamura et al., Jpn. J. Exp. Med., 1971, 31-38, 41(1). cited by
applicant .
Meroni et al., Effect of N-Acetylsphingosine (C2) and the
Ceramidase Inhibitor (1S,2R)-D-erythro-2-(n-myristoylamino)-1
phenyl-1-propanol on the Regulation of Sertoli Cell Function, J.
Androl., 1999, pp. 619-625, vol. 20, Iss. 5. cited by applicant
.
Merrill Jr. et al., Activities of serine palmitoyltransferase
(3-ketosphinganine synthase) in microsomes from different rat
tissues, J. Lipid Res., 1993, pp. 617-622, vol. 26, Iss. 5. cited
by applicant .
Merrill Jr. et al., Fumonisins and other inhibitors of de novo
sphingolipid biosynthesis, Adv. Lipid Res., 1993, pp. 215-234, vol.
26. cited by applicant .
Michel et al., Characterization of Ceramide Synthesis. A
Dihydroceramide Desaturase Introduces the 4,5-Trans-Double Bond of
Sphingosine at the Level of Dihydroceramide, J. Biol. Chem., 1997,
pp. 22432-22437, vol. 272, Iss. 36. cited by applicant .
Milstien et al., Targeting sphingosine-1-phosphate: A novel avenue
for cancer therapeutics, Cancer Cell., 2006, pp. 148-150, vol. 9,
Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
Mingeot-Leclercq et al., Aminoglycosides: activity and resistance,
Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., 1999, pp. 727-734, vol. 43, Iss. 4.
cited by applicant .
Mingeot-Leclercq et al., Aminoglycosides: nephrotoxicity,
Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., 1999, pp. 1003-1012, vol. 43, Iss.
5. cited by applicant .
Mitsutake et al., Purification, Characterization, Molecular
Cloning, and Subcellular Distribution of Neutral Ceramidase of Rat
Kidney, J. Biol. Chem., 2001, pp. 26249-26259, vol. 276, Iss. 28.
cited by applicant .
Miyake, Serine palmitoyltransferase is the primary target of a
sphingosine-like immunosuppressant, ISP-1/myriocin, Biochem.
Biophys. Res. Commun., 1995, pp. 396-403, vol. 211, Iss. 2. cited
by applicant .
Mohan et al., Evidence that Neutral Sphingomyelinase of Cultured
Murine Neuroblastoma Cells is Oriented Externally on the Plasma
Membrane, Biochem. Biophys. Acta, 1984, pp. 339-342, vol. 777, Iss.
2. cited by applicant .
Mohler et al., Soluble Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF) Receptors Are
Effective Therapeutic Agents in Lethal Endotoxemia and Function
Simultaneously as Both TNF Carries and TNF Antagonists, J.
Immunol., 1993, pp. 1548-1561, vol. 151, Iss. 3. cited by applicant
.
Nakajima et al., Biophysical J., 2000, p. 319A, vol. 78, Iss. 1,
Part 2. cited by applicant .
Nakajima et al., Expression and characterization of Edg-1 receptors
in rat cardiomyocytes: Calcium deregulation in response to
sphingosine 1-phosphate, Eur. J. Biochem., 2000, pp. 5679-5686,
vol. 267, Iss. 18. cited by applicant .
Napoli et al., Ischaemic preconditioning of rat myocardium: effects
on postischaemic coronary endothelium hypermaebility and
microcirculatory damage, J. Clin. Bas. Cardiol., 1998, pp. 37-42,
vol. 1, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Nikolova-Karakashian et al., Ceramidases, Meth. Enzymol., 1999, pp.
194-201, vol. 311. cited by applicant .
Ohta et al., A possible role of sphingosine in induction of
apoptosis by tumor necrosis factor-a in human neutrophils, FEBS
Lett., 1994, pp. 267-270, vol. 355, Iss. 3. cited by applicant
.
Ohta et al., Induction of apoptosis by sphingosine in human
leukemic HL-60 cells: a possible endogenous modulator of apoptotic
DNA fragmentation occurring during phorbol ester-induced
differentiation, Cancer Res., 1995, pp. 691-697, vol. 55, Iss. 3.
cited by applicant .
Okamoto et al., EDG1 Is a Functional Sphingosine-1-phosphate
Receptor That Is Linked via a Gi/o to Multiple Signaling Pathways,
Including Phospholipase C Activation, Ca2+ Mobilization,
Ras-Mitogen-activated Protein Kinase Activation, and Adenylate
Cyclase Inhibition, J. Biol. Chem., 1998, pp. 27104-27110, vol.
273, Iss. 42. cited by applicant .
Okamoto et al., EDG3 Is a Functional Receptor Specific for
Sphingosine 1-Phosphate and Sphingosylphosphorylcholine with
Signaling Characteristics Distinct from EDG1 and AGR16, Biochem.
Biophys. Res. Commun., 1999, pp. 203-208, vol. 260, Iss. 1. cited
by applicant .
Okazaki et al., Characteristics and partial purification of a novel
cytosolic, magnesium-independent, neutral sphingomyelinase
activated in the early signal transduction of 1
alpha,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3-induced HL-60 cell differentiation, J.
Biol. Chem., 1994, pp. 4070-4077, vol. 269, Iss. 6. cited by
applicant .
Okino et al., Molecular Cloning, Sequencing, and Expression of the
Gene Encoding Alkaline Ceramidase from Pseudomonas aeruginosa:
Cloning of a Ceramidase Homologue from Mycobacterium tuberculosis,
J. Biol. Chem., 1999, pp. 36616-36622, vol. 274, Iss. 51. cited by
applicant .
Olivera et al., Sphingosine-1-phosphate as second messenger in cell
proliferation induced by PDGF and FCS mitogens, Nature, 1993, pp.
557-560, vol. 365, No. 6446. cited by applicant .
Olivera et al., Assaying Sphingosine Kinase Activity, Methods
Enzymol., 1999, pp. 215-223, vol. 311. cited by applicant .
Olshefski et al., Glucosylceramide Synthase Inhibition Enhances
Vincristine-Induced Cytotoxicity, Int. J. Cancer, 2001, pp.
131-138, vol. 93, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Oral et al., Sphingosine mediates the immediate negative inotropic
effects of tumor necrosis factor-alpha in the adult mammalian
cardiac myocyte, J. Biol. Chem., 1997, pp. 4836-4842, vol. 272,
Iss. 8. cited by applicant .
Parrill et al., Identification of Edg1 Receptor Residues That
Recognize Sphingosine 1-Phosphate, J. Biol. Chem., 2000, pp.
39379-39384, vol. 275, Iss. 50. cited by applicant .
Pitson et al., Expression of a catalytically inactive sphingosine
kinase mutant blocks agonist-induced sphingosine kinase activation.
A dominant-negative sphingosine kinase, J. Biol. Chem., 2000, pp.
33945-33950, vol. 275, Iss. 43. cited by applicant .
Pitson et al., Human sphingosine kinase: purification, molecular
cloning and characterization of the native and recombinant enzymes,
Biochem J., 2000, pp. 429-441, vol. 350, Pt. 2. cited by applicant
.
Presta et al., Humanization of an Anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth
Factor Monoclonal Antibody for the Therapy of Solid Tumors and
Other Disorders, Canc. Res., 1997, pp. 4593-4599, vol. 57, Iss. 20.
cited by applicant .
Raag et al., Single-chain Fvs, FASEB J., 1995, pp. 73-80, vol. 9,
Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Rani et al., Cell Cycle Arrest Induced by an Inhibitor of
Glucosylceramide Synthase, J. Biol. Chem., 1995, pp. 2859-2867,
vol. 270, Iss. 6. cited by applicant .
Riley et al., Alteration of tissue and serum sphinganine to
sphingosine ratio: an early biomarker of exposure to
fumonisin-containing feeds in pigs, Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol.,
1993, pp. 105-112, vol. 118, Iss. 1 (Abstract Only). cited by
applicant .
Riley et al., Fermentation, partial purification, and use of serine
palmitoyltransferase inhibitors from Isaria (= Cordyceps)
sinclairii, Meth. Enzymol., 1999, pp. 348-361, vol. 311. cited by
applicant .
Romiti et al., Characterization of sphingomyelinase activity
released by thrombin-stimulated platelets, Mol. Cell. Biochem.,
2000, pp. 75-81, vol. 205, Iss. 1-2. cited by applicant .
Runcie at al, A Short and Efficient Route to Novel Scyphostatin
Analogues, Organic Lett., 2001, pp. 3237-3239, vol. 3, Iss. 21.
cited by applicant .
Sabbadini et al., Sphingosine is endogenous to cardiac and skeletal
muscle, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 1993, pp. 752-758, vol. 193,
Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Sabbadini et al., The Mirf trial: predicting the incidence and
severity of CAD using serum sphingolipids, Circulation, 2000, p.
II699, vol. 102, Iss. 18 Suppl. cited by applicant .
Saito et al., Absolute Configuration of Scyphostatin, Organic
Letts, 2000, pp. 505-506, vol. 2, Iss. 4. cited by applicant .
Sakai et al., A devise for recording left ventricular contraction
and electrocardiogram in nonworking isolated perfused rat heart,
Jpn J. Pharmacol., 1978, pp. 223-229, vol. 28, Iss. 2. cited by
applicant .
Sato, A new role of lipid receptors in vascular and cardiac
morphogenesis, J. Clin. Invest., 2000, pp. 939-940, vol. 106, Iss.
8. cited by applicant .
Sawada et al., Ordering of ceramide formation, caspase activation,
and Bax/Bcl-2 expression during etoposide-induced apoptosis in C6
glioma cells, Cell Death Differ., 2000, pp. 761-772, vol. 7, Iss.
9. cited by applicant .
Sawai et al., Function of the Cloned Putative Neutral
Sphingomyelinase as Lyso-platelet Activating FactorPhospholipase C,
J. Biol. Chem., 1999, pp. 38131-38139, vol. 274, Iss. 53. cited by
applicant .
Sawai et al., Identification of ISC1 (YER019w) as Inositol
Phosphosphingolipid Phospholipase C Saccharomyces cerevisiae, J.
Biol. Chem., 2000, pp. 39793-39798, vol. 275, Iss. 50. cited by
applicant .
Schissel et al., Zn2+-stimulated Sphingomyelinase Is Secreted by
Many Cell Types and Is a Product of the Acid Sphingomyelinase Gene,
J. Biol. Chem., 1996, pp. 18431-18436, vol. 271, Iss. 31. cited by
applicant .
Sergeyev et al., Lipid Spectrum of the Myocardium of White Rats
Exposed to Hypoxic Hypoxia, Kosm. Biol. Aviakosm. Med. (Russian),
1981, pp. 71-74, vol. 15, Iss. 6 (English Translation pp. 104-108).
cited by applicant .
Shayman et al., Glucosylceramide Synthase: Assay and Properties,
Methods Enzymol., 1999, pp. 42-49, vol. 311. cited by applicant
.
Shayman et al., Inhibitors of Glucosylceramide Synthase, Methods
Enzymol., 1999, pp. 373-387, vol. 311. cited by applicant .
Shinghal et al., Ceramide 1-Phosphate Phosphatase Activity in
Brain, J. Neurochem., 1993, pp. 2279-2285, vol. 61, Iss. 6. cited
by applicant .
Siehler et al., Sphingosine 1-Phosphate Activates Nuclear
Factor-kappa B through Edg Receptors: Activation Through Edg-3 and
Edg-5, but not Edg-1, in Human Embryonic Kidney 293 Cells, J. Biol.
Chem., 2001, pp. 48733-48739, vol. 276, Iss. 52. cited by applicant
.
Siess et al., Lysophosphatidic Acid and Sphingosine 1-Phosphate:
Two Lipid Villains Provoking Cardiovascular Diseases?, IUBMB Life,
2000, pp. 161-171, vol. 49, Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
Qian, Dissertation U. of Utah, 2004, 1-131. cited by applicant
.
Xu et al., Clin. Cancer Res., 1995, 1223-1232, 1(10). cited by
applicant .
Abe et al., Structural and stereochemical studies of potent
inhibitors and glucosylceramide synthase and tumor cell growth, J.
Lipid Res., 1995, pp. 611-621, vol. 36, Iss. 3. cited by applicant
.
Abe et al., Glycosphingolipid depletion in Fabry disease
lymphoblasts with potent inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthase,
Kidney Int., 2000, pp. 446-454, vol. 57, Iss. 2. cited by applicant
.
Abe et al., Use of Sulfobutyl Ether-Cyclodextrin as a Vehicle for
D-threo-1-Phenyl-2- decanoylamino-3-morpholinopropanol-Related
Glucosylceramide Synthase Inhibitors, Anal. Biochem., 2000, pp.
344-347, vol. 287, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Ambati, Age-related macular degeneration: etiology, pathogenesis,
and therapeutic strategies, Surv. Ophthalmol., 2003, pp. 257-293,
vol. 48, Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
An et al., Identification of cDNAs encoding two G protein-coupled
receptors for lysosphingolipids, FEBS Letts., 1997, pp. 279-282,
vol. 417, Iss. 3. cited by applicant .
An et al., Characterization of a Novel Subtype of Human G
Protein-coupled Receptor for Lysophosphotatidic Acid, J. Biol.
Chem., 1998, pp. 7906-7910, vol. 273, Iss. 14. cited by applicant
.
An et al., Sphingosine 1-phosphate-induced cell proliferation,
survival, and related signaling events mediated by G
protein-coupled receptors Edg3 and Edg5, J. Biol. Chem., 2000, pp.
288-296, vol. 275, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Ancellin et al., Extracelluar export of sphingosine kinase-1
enzyme: Sphingosine 1 phosphate generation and the induction of
angiogenic vascular maturation, J. Biol. Chem., 2001, pp.
6667-6675, vol. 277, Iss. 8. cited by applicant .
Andrieu-Abadie et al., L-camitine prevents doxorubicin-induced
apoptosis of cardiac myocytes: role of inhibition of ceramide
generation, FASEB J., 1999, pp. 1501-1510, vol. 13, Iss. 12. cited
by applicant .
Arenz et al., Synthese des ersten selektiven irreverilben
Inhibitors der neutralen Sphingomyelinase, Angew Chem., 2000, pp.
1498-1500, vol. 112 (GERMAN); Synthesis of the First Selective
Irreversible Inhibitor of Neutral Sphingomyelinase, Angew. Chem.
Int. Ed., 2000, pp. 1440-1442, vol. 39, Iss. 8 (English
Equivalent). cited by applicant .
Arenz et al., Manumycin A and its Analogues Are Irreversible
Inhibitors of Neutral Sphingomyelinase, Chem. Biochem., 2001, pp.
141-143, vol. 2, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Arenz et al., Synthesis and Biochemical Investigation of
Scyphostatin Analogues as Inhibitors of Neutral Sphingomyelinase,
Bioorg. Medicinal Chem., 2001, pp. 2901-2904, vol. 9, Iss. 11.
cited by applicant .
Arenz et al., Synthesis of the First Selective Irreversible
Inhibitor of Neutral Sphingomyelinase, Eur. J. Org. Chem., 2001,
pp. 137-140, vol. 2001, Iss.1. cited by applicant .
Ariga et al., Role of Sphingolipid-mediated cell death in
neurodegenerative diseases, J. Lip. Res., 1998, pp. 1-16, vol. 39,
Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Bajjalieh et al., Ceramide Kinase, Methods Enzymol. 311:207-215
(1999). cited by applicant .
Barbone et al., Robotic Assay of Sphingomyelinase Activity for High
Throughput Screening, Meth. Enzymol., 1999, pp. 168-176, vol. 311.
cited by applicant .
Bawab et al., Molecular Clonging and Characterization of a Human
Mitochondrial Ceramidase, J. Biol. Chem., 2000, 21508-21513, vol.
275, Iss. 28. cited by applicant .
Bernardo et al., Purification and Characterization of
Magnesium-dependent Neutral Sphingomyelinase from Bovine Brain, J.
Biol. Chem., 2000, pp. 7641-7647, vol. 275, Iss. 11. cited by
applicant .
Betto et al., Sphingosylphosphocholine modulates the ryanodine
receptor/calcium-release channel of cardiac sarcoplasmic reticulum
memberances, Biochem. J., 1997, pp. 327-333, vol. 322, Iss. 1.
cited by applicant .
Bielawska et al., (1S,2R)-D-erhthro-2-(N-My- ristoylamino)
-1-phenyl-1-propanol as an Inhibitor of Ceramidase, J. Biol. Chem.,
1996, pp. 12646-12654, vol. 271, Iss. 21. cited by applicant .
Bielawska et al., Ceramide Is Involved in Triggering of
Cardiomyocyte Apoptosis Induced by Ischemia and Reperfusion, Am. J.
Pathol., 1997, pp. 1257-1263, vol. 151, Iss. 5. cited by applicant
.
Boudker et al., Detection and Characterization of
Ceramide-1-phosphate Phosphatase Activity in Rat Liver Plasma
Membrane, J. Biol. Chem., 1993, pp. 22150-22155, vol. 268, Iss. 29.
cited by applicant .
Brady et al., The metabolism of sphingomyelin. II. Evidence of an
enzymatic deficiency in Niemann-Pick disease, Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA, 1966, pp. 366-369, vol. 55, Iss. 2. cited by applicant
.
Brindley et al., Analysis of Ceramide 1-phosphate and
Sphingosine-1-phosphate Phosphatase Activities, Methods Enzymol.,
1999, pp. 233-244, vol. 311. cited by applicant .
Brownlee, Intracellular signalling: sphingosine-1 -phosphate
branches out, Current Biol., R535-R538, 2001, vol. 11, Iss. 13.
cited by applicant .
Burton et al., Human antibodies from combinatorial libraries, Adv.
Immunol., 1994, pp. 191-280, vol. 57. cited by applicant .
Byers, What can randomized control trials tell us about nutrition
and cancer prevention?, CA Canc. J., 1999, pp. 353-361, vol. 49,
Iss. 6. cited by applicant .
Cain et al., Therapeutic Strategies to Reduce TNF--a Mediated
Cardiac Contractile Depression Following Ischemia and Reperfusion,
J. Mol. Cell. Cardiol., 1999, pp. 931-947, vol. 31, Iss. 5. cited
by applicant .
Caligan et al., A High-Performance Liquid Chromatographic Method to
Measure Sphingosine 1-Phosphate and Related Compounds from
Sphingosine Kinase Assays and Other Biological Samples, Anal.
Biochem., 2000, pp. 36-44, vol. 281, Iss. 1. cited by applicant
.
Chan et al., Ceramide Path in Human Lung Cell Death, Am. J. Respir.
Cell Mol. Biol., 2000, pp. 460-468, vol. 22, Iss. 4. cited by
applicant .
Chan et al., Purification and Characterization of Neutral
Sphingomyelinase from Helicobacter pylori, Biochemistry, 2000, pp.
4838-4845, vol. 39, Iss. 16. cited by applicant .
Chatterjee, Neutral Sphingomyelinase, Adv. Lip. Res., 1993, pp.
25-48, vol. 26. cited by applicant .
Chatterjee, Sphingolipids in Atherosclerosis and Vascular Biology,
Arterioscler. Throm. Vasc. Biol., 1998, pp. 1523-1533, vol. 18,
Iss. 10. cited by applicant .
Chatterjee et al., Molecular Cloning, Characterization, and
Expression of a Novel Human Neutral Sphingomyelinase, J. Biol.
Chem., 1999, pp. 37407-37412, vol. 274, Iss. 52. cited by applicant
.
Chatterjee, Neutral Sphingomyelinase: past, present, and future,
Chem. Phys. Lipids, 1999, pp. 79-96, vol. 102, Iss. 1. cited by
applicant .
Chau et al., Synthesis of Simple Aryl Neutral Sphingomyelinase
Inhibitors, 221st ACS Natl. Mtg., San Diego, CA, USA, 2001, Am.
Chem. Soc. (Abstract Only). cited by applicant .
Chun, Lysophospholipid receptors: implications for neural
signaling, Crit. Rev. Neuro., 1999, pp. 151-168, vol. 13, Iss. 2
(Abstract Only). cited by applicant .
Chun et al., A Growing Family of Receptor Genes for
Lysophosphatidic Acid (LPA) and other Lysophospholipids (LPs), Cell
Biochem. Biophys., 1999, pp. 213-242, vol. 30, Iss. 2. cited by
applicant .
Cordis et al., HPTLC analysis of sphingomylein, ceramide and
sphingosine in ischemic/reperfused rat heart, J. Pharm. Biomed.
Anal., 1998, pp. 1189-1193, vol. 16, Iss. 7. cited by applicant
.
Cuvlilier et al., Suppression of ceramide-mediated programmed cell
death by sphingosine-1-phosphate, Nature, 1996, pp. 800-803, vol.
381, No. 6585. cited by applicant .
Dickson et al., Serine Palmitoyltransferase, Methods Enzymol.,
1999, pp. 3-9, vol. 311. cited by applicant .
Edsall et al., N, N-Dimethylsphingosine is a potent competitive
inhibitor of sphingosine kinase but not of protein kinase C:
modulation of cellular levels of sphingosine 1-phosphate and
ceramide, Biochem., 1998, pp. 12892-12898, vol. 37, Iss. 37. cited
by applicant .
Edson et al., The Aminoglycosides, Mayo Clin. Proc., 1999, pp.
519-528, vol. 74, Iss. 5. cited by applicant .
Eichler et al., Peptide, peptidomimetic, and organic synthetic
combinatorial libraries, Med. Res. Rev., 1995, pp. 481-496, vol.
15, Iss. 6 (Abstract Only). cited by applicant .
Fensome et al., A Neutral Magnesium-dependent Sphingomyelinase
Isoform Associated with Intracellular Membranes and Reversibly
Inhibited by Reactive Oxygen Species, J. Biol. Chem., 2000, pp.
1128-1136, vol. 275, Iss. 2. cited by applicant .
Fujii et al., Mg2+ binding and catalytic function of
sphingomyelinase from Bacillus cereus, J. Biochem (Tokyo), 1998,
pp. 1178-1187, vol. 124, Iss. 6. cited by applicant .
Fukushima et al., A single receptor encoded by vzg-1/lpA1/edg-2
couples to G proteins and mediates multiple cellular responses to
lysophosphatidic acid, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 1998, pp.
6151-6156, vol. 95, Iss. 11. cited by applicant .
Furneisen et al., Enzymological properties of the LPP1-encoded
lipid phosphatase from Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Biochim. Biophys.
Acta , 2000, pp. 71-82, vol. 1484, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Garcia-Ruiz, Human placenta sphingomyelinase, an exogenous acidic
pH-optimum sphingomyelinase, induces oxidative stress, glutathione
depletion, and apoptosis in rat hepatocytes, Hepatology, 2000, pp.
56-65, vol. 32, Iss. 1. cited by applicant .
Gates et al., Serum amyloid p component: its role in platelet
activation stimulated by sphingomyelinase d purified from the venom
of the brown recluse spider (Loxosceles reclusa), Toxicon., 1990,
pp. 1303-1315, vol. 28, Iss. 11. cited by applicant.
|
Primary Examiner: Haq; Shafiqul
Attorney, Agent or Firm: Acuity Law Group, P.C. Chambers;
Daniel M.
Parent Case Text
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This patent application claims priority to U.S. provisional patent
application Ser. No. 60/810,185, filed 31 May 2006, U.S.
provisional patent application Ser. No. 60/835,569, filed 4 Aug.
2006, and U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No. 60/923,644,
filed 16 Apr. 2007. These applications are hereby incorporated by
reference in their entirety for any and all purposes.
Claims
We claim:
1. A derivatized bioactive lipid, comprising a bioactive lipid
derivatized with a sulfhydryl group wherein the bioactive lipid is
selected from the group consisting of lysophosphatidic acid and
sphingosine-1-phosphate and wherein the terminal carbon atom of the
single hydrocarbon chain of said lysophosphatidic acid and said
sphingosine-1-phosphate is derivatized with said sulfhydryl
group.
2. A bioactive lipid conjugate, comprising the derivatized
bioactive lipid according to claim 1 covalently conjugated to a
carrier moiety through said sulfhydryl group of said derivatized
bioactive lipid.
3. A bioactive lipid conjugate according to claim 2, wherein the
carrier moiety is selected from the group consisting of
polyethylene glycol, colloidal gold, a silicone bead and a carrier
protein optionally selected from the group consisting of a keyhole
limpet hemocyanin and albumin.
4. The bioactive lipid conjugate according to claim 3, wherein the
carrier is keyhole limpet hemocyanin.
5. A method of making a bioactive lipid conjugate according to
claim 2, comprising reacting the derivatized bioactive lipid with
the carrier moiety under conditions that allow covalent linkage
between the carrier moiety and the sulfhydryl group of the
derivatized bioactive lipid.
6. The bioactive lipid of claim 1, wherein the sulfhydryl group
bears a protective group.
Description
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates to monoclonal antibodies, and methods
for generating antibodies against immunogens that comprise a
bioactive lipid molecule that plays a role in human and/or animal
disease as a signaling molecule. One particular class of signaling
bioactive lipids that can be addressed in accordance with the
invention is lysolipids. Particularly preferred signaling
lysolipids are sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) and the various
lysophosphatidic acids (LPAs). The antibodies of the invention can
be further modified to make them suitable for use in a particular
animal species, including humans, without eliciting a neutralizing
immune response. Such antibodies, and derivatives and variants
thereof, can be used in the treatment and/or prevention of various
diseases or disorders through the delivery of pharmaceutical
compositions that contain such antibodies, alone or in combination
with other therapeutic agents and/or treatments. In addition, the
antibodies can be also be used to detect bioactive signaling lipids
in biologic samples, thereby providing useful information for many
purposes including, but not limited to, the diagnosis and/or
prognosis of disease and the discovery and development of new
treatment modalities that modify the production and or actions of
the particular targeted lipid. The diseases or conditions to be
affected by the compositions of the invention include, but are not
limited to, diseases that have hyperproliferation, angiogenesis,
inflammation, fibrosis, and/or apoptosis as part of their
underlying pathology.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Introduction
The following description includes information that may be useful
in understanding the present invention. It is not an admission that
any such information is prior art, or relevant, to the presently
claimed inventions, or that any publication specifically or
implicitly referenced is prior art or even particularly relevant to
the presently claimed invention.
2. Background
A. Bioactive Signaling Lipids
Lipids and their derivatives are now recognized as important
targets for medical research, not as just simple structural
elements in cell membranes, solubilizing agents, feedstock for
vitamins or hormones or as a source of energy for .beta.-oxidation,
glycolysis or other metabolic processes. In particular, certain
bioactive lipids function as signaling mediators important in
animal and human disease. Although most of the lipids of the plasma
membrane play an exclusively structural role, a small proportion of
them are involved in relaying extracellular stimuli into cells.
"Lipid signaling" refers to any of a number of cellular signal
transduction pathways that use bioactive lipids as first or second
messengers, including direct interaction of a lipid signaling
molecule with its own specific receptor. Lipid signaling pathways
are activated by a variety of extracellular stimuli, ranging from
growth factors to inflammatory cytokines, and regulate cell fate
decisions such as apoptosis, differentiation and proliferation.
Research into bioactive lipid signaling is an area of intense
scientific investigation as more and more bioactive lipids are
identified and their actions characterized.
Examples of bioactive lipids include the eicosanoids derived from
arachidonic acid (including the eicosanoid metabolites such as the
HETEs, cannabinoids, leukotrienes, prostaglandins, lipoxins,
epoxyeicosatrienoic acids, and isoeicosanoids), non-eicosanoid
cannabinoid mediators, phospholipids and their derivatives such as
phosphatidic acid (PA) and phosphatidylglycerol (PG) and
cardiolipins as well as lysophospholipids such as lysophosphatidyl
choline (LPC) and various lysophosphatidic acids (LPA). Bioactive
signaling lipid mediators also include the sphingolipids such as
ceramide, ceramide-1-phosphate, sphingosine, sphinganine,
sphingosylphosphorylcholine (SPC) and sphingosine-1-phosphate
(S1P). Sphingolipids and their derivatives represent a group of
extracellular and intracellular signaling molecules with
pleiotropic effects on important cellular processes. Other examples
of bioactive signaling lipids include phosphatidylinositol (PI),
phosphatidylethanolamine (PEA), diacylglyceride (DG), sulfatides,
gangliosides, and cerebrosides.
As expected, biological lipids (i.e., lipids that occur in nature,
particularly in living organisms) are typically non-immunogenic or
very weakly immunogenic. As such, lipids have traditionally been
considered to be poor targets for antibody-based therapeutic and
diagnostic/prognostic approaches. The literature contains a report
of a monoclonal antibody that targets a derivatized form of
phosphatidylserine (PS) conjugated to a carrier protein.
Phosphatidylserine is a plasma membrane aminophospholipid. Loss of
membrane lipid sidedness, in particular the emergence of
phosphatidylserine at the cell surface, results in the expression
of altered surface properties that modulates cell function and
influences the cells interaction with its environment [Zwaal and
Schroit, (1997) Blood, 89:1121-1132]. For example, PS redistributes
from the cell membrane's inner leaflet (its normal location) to the
outer leaflet during apoptosis.
Diaz, Balasubramanian and Schroit [Bioconj. Chem. (1998) 9:250-254]
disclose production of lipid antigens that elicit specific immune
responses against PS. The covalent coupling of PS to a protein
carrier (BSA) via the lipid's fatty acyl side chain preserves the
PS head group intact as an epitope. Schroit (U.S. Pat. No.
6,300,308, U.S. Pat. No. 6,806,354) discloses antibodies that
specifically bind to phosphatidylserine (PS) or a
phosphatidylcholine (PC)/polypeptide or a PS/polypeptide conjugate,
that are made by administering a PS/polypeptide conjugate or a
PC/polypeptide conjugate to an animal. Methods for detecting PS, a
PC/polypeptide or a PS/polypeptide conjugate are also disclosed.
Methods for making an antibody that specifically binds to PS by
administering to an animal a pharmaceutical composition comprising
a PS/polypeptide conjugate composition are also disclosed, as are
methods for treating cancer in the animal to which the conjugate is
administered, i.e., as a cancer vaccine. Also disclosed is
induction of autoimmunity for the therapy of cancer by immunization
of animals with .beta.2-glycoprotein I/lipid complexes (i.e.,
non-covalently associated lipid and glycoprotein). The authors
assert that several autoimmune responses are directed against
.beta.2-glycoprotein I/lipid complexes (citing Schousboe, (1979)
Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 579:396-408), and thus the generation of an
anti-complex response may represent substantial breakthroughs in
the treatment of cancers.
Thorpe, Schroit et al. describe a monoclonal antibody (3G4) that
binds anionic phospholipids in the presence of serum or the serum
protein .beta. 2-glycoprotein I (.beta.2-GPI). Luster et al., J.
Biol. Chem. 281: 29863-29871. Originally described as specifically
targeting anionic phospholipids, this antibody localizes to
vascular endothelial cells in tumors in mice. Ran et al. (2005)
Clin. Cancer Res. 11:1551-1562. Subsequently, the antibody was
shown to bind to complexes of anionic phospholipids and .beta.2-GPI
on tumor vessels, so that antibody binding to PS is dependent on
.beta.2-GPI. Huang et al (2005) Cancer Res. 65:4408-4416. The
antibody enhances binding of .beta.2-GPI to endothelial cells via
dimerization of .beta.2GPI. In fact, artificial .beta.2-GPI dimers
can bind to endothelial cell membranes even in the absence of
antibody. Luster et al., J. Biol. Chem. 281: 29863-29871. A
humanized version of 3G4 (Tarvacin, Bavituximab) is in clinical
trials for treatment of cancer and viral diseases.
Thorpe et al. (WO 2004/006847) disclose antibodies, fragments or
immunoconjugates thereof that bind to PS and compete with antibody
3G4 for binding to PS. Thorpe et al (U.S. Pat. No. 6,818,213, U.S.
Pat. No. 6,312,294 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,783,760) disclose
therapeutic conjugates that bind to aminophospholipids and have an
attached therapeutic agent.
Baldo et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 5,061,626) disclose antibodies to
platelet activating factor (PAF), PAF analogues used to generate
antibodies and immunoassays using PAF or PAF analogues. PAF is a
choline plasmalogen in which the C-2 (sn2) position of glycerol is
esterified with an acetyl group instead of a long chain fatty acid.
Vielhaber et al. report characterization of two antibody reagents
supposedly specific for ceramide, one an IgM-enriched polyclonal
mouse serum and the other an IgM monoclonal antibody. The
monoclonal was found to be specific for sphingomyelin and the
antiserum was found to react with various ceramide species in the
nanomolar range. Vielhaber, G. et al., (2001) Glycobiology
11:451-457. Also citing the deficiencies of commercially available
antibody reagents against ceramide, Krishnamurthy et al. recently
reported generation of rabbit IgG against ceramide. J. Lipid Res.
(2007) 48:968-975.
B. Lysolipids
Lysolipids are low molecular weight lipids that contain a polar
head group and a single hydrocarbon backbone, due to the absence of
an acyl group at one or both possible positions of acylation.
Relative to the polar head group at sn-3, the hydrocarbon chain can
be at the sn-2 and/or sn-1 position(s) (the term "lyso," which
originally related to hemolysis, has been redefined by IUPAC to
refer to deacylation). See "Nomenclature of Lipids,
www.chem.qmul.ac.uk/iupac/lipid/lip1n2.html. These lipids are
representative of signaling, bioactive lipids, and their biologic
and medical importance highlight what can be achieved by targeting
lipid signaling molecules for therapeutic, diagnostic/prognostic,
or research purposes (Gardell, et al. (2006), Trends in Molecular
Medicine, vol 12: 65-75). Two particular examples of medically
important lysolipids are LPA (glycerol backbone) and S1P (sphingoid
backbone). Other lysolipids include sphingosine,
lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC), sphingosylphosphorylcholine
(lysosphingomyelin), ceramide, ceramide-1-phosphate, sphinganine
(dihydrosphingosine), dihydrosphingosine-1-phosphate and
N-acetyl-ceramide-1-phosphate. In contrast, the plasmalogens, which
contain an O-alkyl (--O--CH.sub.2--) or O-alkenyl ether at the C-1
(sn1) and an acyl at C-2, are excluded from the lysolipid
genus.
The structures of selected LPAs, S1P, and dihydro S1P are presented
below.
##STR00001## ##STR00002## ##STR00003##
LPA is not a single molecular entity but a collection of endogenous
structural variants with fatty acids of varied lengths and degrees
of saturation (Fujiwara, et al. (2005), J Biol Chem, vol. 280:
35038-35050). The structural backbone of the LPAs is derived from
glycerol-based phospholipids such as phosphatidylcholine (PC) or
phosphatidic acid (PA). In the case of lysosphingolipids such as
S1P, the fatty acid of the ceramide backbone at sn-2 is missing.
The structural backbone of S1P, dihydro S1P (DHS1P) and
sphingosylphosphorylcholine (SPC) is based on sphingosine, which is
derived from sphingomyelin.
LPA and S1P regulate various cellular signaling pathways by binding
to the same class of multiple transmembrane domain G
protein-coupled (GPCR) receptors (Chun J, Rosen H (2006), Current
Pharm Des, vol. 12: 161-171, and Moolenaar, W H (1999),
Experimental Cell Research, vol. 253: 230-238). The S1P receptors
are designated as S1P.sub.1, S1P.sub.2, S1P.sub.3, S1P.sub.4 and
S1P.sub.5 (formerly EDG-1, EDG-5/AGR16, EDG-3, EDG-6 and EDG-8) and
the LPA receptors designated as LPA.sub.1, LPA.sub.2, LPA.sub.3
(formerly, EDG-2, EDG-4, and EDG-7). A fourth LPA receptor of this
family has been identified for LPA (LPA.sub.4), and other putative
receptors for these lysophospholipids have also been reported.
C. Lysophosphatic Acids (LPA)
LPA have long been known as precursors of phospholipid biosynthesis
in both eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, but LPA have emerged only
recently as signaling molecules that are rapidly produced and
released by activated cells, notably platelets, to influence target
cells by acting on specific cell-surface receptor (see, e.g.,
Moolenaar, et al. (2004), BioEssays, vol. 26: 870-881, and van
Leewen et al. (2003), Biochem Soc Trans, vol 31: 1209-1212).
Besides being synthesized and processed to more complex
phospholipids in the endoplasmic reticulum, LPA can be generated
through the hydrolysis of pre-existing phospholipids following cell
activation; for example, the sn-2 position is commonly missing a
fatty acid residue due to deacylation, leaving only the sn-1
hydroxyl esterified to a fatty acid. Moreover, a key enzyme in the
production of LPA, autotoxin (lysoPLD/NPP.sub.2), may be the
product of an oncogene, as many tumor types up-regulate autotoxin
(Brindley, D. (2004), J Cell Biochem, vol. 92: 900-12). The
concentrations of LPA in human plasma and serum have been reported,
including determinations made using a sensitive and specific LC/MS
procedure (Baker, et al. (2001), Anal Biochem, vol 292: 287-295).
For example, in freshly prepared human serum allowed to sit at
25.degree. C. for one hour, LPA concentrations have been estimated
to be approximately 1.2 .mu.M, with the LPA analogs 16:0, 18:1,
18:2, and 20:4 being the predominant species. Similarly, in freshly
prepared human plasma allowed to sit at 25.degree. C. for one hour,
LPA concentrations have been estimated to be approximately 0.7
.mu.M, with 18:1 and 18:2 LPA being the predominant species.
LPA influences a wide range of biological responses, ranging from
induction of cell proliferation, stimulation of cell migration and
neurite retraction, gap junction closure, and even slime mold
chemotaxis (Goetzl, et al. (2002), Scientific World Journal, vol.
2: 324-338). The body of knowledge about the biology of LPA
continues to grow as more and more cellular systems are tested for
LPA responsiveness. For instance, it is now known that, in addition
to stimulating cell growth and proliferation, LPA promote cellular
tension and cell-surface fibronectin binding, which are important
events in wound repair and regeneration (Moolenaar, et al. (2004),
BioEssays, vol. 26: 870-881). Recently, anti-apoptotic activity has
also been ascribed to LPA, and it has recently been reported that
peroxisome proliferation receptor gamma is a receptor/target for
LPA (Simon, et al. (2005), J Biol Chem, vol. 280: 14656-14662).
LPA has proven to be difficult targets for antibody production,
although there has been a report in the scientific literature of
the production of polyclonal murine antibodies against LPA (Chen et
al. (2000) Med Chem Lett, vol 10: 1691-3).
D. Sphingosine-1-phosphate
S1P is a mediator of cell proliferation and protects from apoptosis
through the activation of survival pathways (Maceyka, et al.
(2002), BBA, vol. 1585: 192-201, and Spiegel, et al. (2003), Nature
Reviews Molecular Cell Biology, vol. 4: 397-407). It has been
proposed that the balance between CER/SPH levels and S1P provides a
rheostat mechanism that decides whether a cell is directed into the
death pathway or is protected from apoptosis. The key regulatory
enzyme of the rheostat mechanism is sphingosine kinase (SPHK) whose
role is to convert the death-promoting bioactive signaling lipids
(CER/SPH) into the growth-promoting S1P. S1P has two fates: S1P can
be degraded by S1P lyase, an enzyme that cleaves S1P to
phosphoethanolamine and hexadecanal, or, less common, hydrolyzed by
S1P phosphatase to SPH.
S1P is abundantly generated and stored in platelets, which contain
high levels of SPHK and lacks the enzymes for S1P degradation. When
platelets are activated, S1P is secreted. In addition, other cell
types, for example, mast cells, are also believed to be capable of
secreting S1P. Once secreted, S1P is thought to be bound at high
concentrations on carrier proteins such as serum albumin and
lipoproteins. S1P is found in high concentrations in plasma, with
concentrations in the range of 0.5-5 uM having been reported.
Intracellular actions of S1P have also been suggested (see, e.g.,
Spiegel S, Kolesnick R (2002), Leukemia, vol. 16: 1596-602;
Suomalainen, et al (2005), Am J Pathol, vol. 166: 773-81).
Widespread expression of the cell surface S1P receptors allows S1P
to influence a diverse spectrum of cellular responses, including
proliferation, adhesion, contraction, motility, morphogenesis,
differentiation, and survival. This spectrum of response appears to
depend upon the overlapping or distinct expression patterns of the
S1P receptors within the cell and tissue systems. In addition,
crosstalk between S1P and growth factor signaling pathways,
including platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), vascular
endothelial growth factor (VEGF), and basic fibroblastic growth
factor (bFGF), have recently been demonstrated (see, e.g.,
Baudhuin, et al. (2004), FASEB J, vol. 18: 341-3). The regulation
of various cellular processes involving S1P has particular impact
on neuronal signaling, vascular tone, wound healing, immune cell
trafficking, reproduction, and cardiovascular function, among
others. Alterations of endogenous levels of S1P within these
systems can have detrimental effects, eliciting several
pathophysiologic conditions, including cancer, heart failure, and
infectious and autoimmune diseases.
A recent novel approach to treating cancer invented by Dr.
Sabbadini involves reducing the biologically available
extracellular levels of S1P, either alone or in combination with
conventional anti-cancer treatments, including the administration
of chemotherapeutic agents, such as an anthracycline. To this end,
the generation of antibodies specific for S1P has been described.
See, e.g., commonly owned U.S. patent application Ser. No.
10/820,582. Such antibodies, which can selectively adsorb S1P from
serum, act as molecular sponges to neutralize extracellular S1P.
See also commonly owned U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,881,546 and 6,858,383 and
U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 10/028,520, 10/029,372, and
11/101,976. Since S1P has also been shown to be pro-angiogenic, an
added benefit to the antibody's effectiveness is its ability to
starve growing tumors of nutrients and oxygen by limiting blood
supply.
What is particularly unique about the anti-S1P approach is that
while sphingolipid-based anti-cancer strategies that target key
enzymes of the sphingolipid metabolic pathway, such as SPHK, have
been proposed, the lipid mediator S1P itself was not previously
emphasized, largely because of difficulties in directly mitigating
this lipid target, in particular because of the difficulty first in
raising antibodies against a lipid target such as S1P, and second,
in detecting antibodies in fact produced against the S1P target. As
already noted, similar difficulties exist with respect to
treatments and diagnostic approaches directed at other lipid
targets. This invention provides an effective solution to both of
these dilemmas by providing patentable methods, in particular, the
generation of monoclonal antibodies against bioactive lipids.
3. Definitions
Before describing the instant invention in detail, several terms
used in the context of the present invention will be defined. In
addition to these terms, others are defined elsewhere in the
specification, as necessary. Unless otherwise expressly defined
herein, terms of art used in this specification will have their
art-recognized meanings.
An "anti-S1P antibody" refers to any antibody or antibody-derived
molecule that binds S1P.
A "bioactive lipid" refers to a lipid signaling molecule. Bioactive
lipids are distinguished from structural lipids (e.g.,
membrane-bound phospholipids) in that they mediate extracellular
and/or intracellular signaling and thus are involved in controlling
the function of many types of cells by modulating differentiation,
migration, proliferation, secretion, survival, and other processes.
In vivo, bioactive lipids can be found in extracellular fluids,
where they can be complexed with other molecules, for example serum
proteins such as albumin and lipoproteins, or in "free" form, i.e.,
not complexed with another molecule species. As extracellular
mediators, some bioactive lipids alter cell signaling by activating
membrane-bound ion channels or GPCRs or enzymes or factors that, in
turn, activate complex signaling systems that result in changes in
cell function or survival. As intracellular mediators, bioactive
lipids can exert their actions by directly interacting with
intracellular components such as enzymes, ion channels or
structural elements such as actin. Representative examples of
bioactive lipids include LPA and S1P.
Examples of bioactive lipids include sphingolipids such as
ceramide, ceramide-1-phosphate, sphingosine, sphinganine,
sphingosylphosphorylcholine (SPC) and sphingosine-1-phosphate
(S1P). Sphingolipids and their derivatives and metabolites are
characterized by a sphingoid backbone (derived from sphingomyelin).
Sphingolipids and their derivatives and metabolites represent a
group of extracellular and intracellular signaling molecules with
pleiotropic effects on important cellular processes. They include
sulfatides, gangliosides and cerebrosides. Other bioactive lipids
are characterized by a glycerol-based backbone; for example,
lysophospholipids such as lysophosphatidyl choline (LPC) and
various lysophosphatidic acids (LPA), as well as
phosphatidylinositol (PI), phosphatidylethanolamine (PEA),
phosphatidic acid, platelet activating factor (PAF), cardiolipin,
phosphatidylglycerol (PG) and diacylglyceride (DG). Yet other
bioactive lipids are derived from arachidonic acid; these include
the eicosanoids (including the eicosanoid metabolites such as the
HETEs, cannabinoids, leukotrienes, prostaglandins, lipoxins,
epoxyeicosatrienoic acids, and isoeicosanoids), non-eicosanoid
cannabinoid mediators. Other bioactive lipids, including other
phospholipids and their derivatives, may also be used according to
the instant invention.
In some embodiments of the invention it may be preferable to target
glycerol-based bioactive lipids (those having a glycerol-derived
backbone, such as the LPAs) for antibody production, as opposed to
sphingosine-based bioactive lipids (those having a sphingoid
backbone, such as sphingosine and S1P). In other embodiments it may
be desired to target arachidonic acid-derived bioactive lipids for
antibody generation, and in other embodiments arachidonic
acid-derived and glycerol-derived bioactive lipids but not
sphingoid-derived bioactive lipids are preferred. Together the
arachidonic acid-derived and glycerol-derived bioactive lipids may
be referred to in the context of this invention as "non-sphingoid
bioactive lipids."
Specifically excluded from the class of bioactive lipids according
to the invention are phosphatidylcholine and phosphatidylserine, as
well as their metabolites and derivatives that function primarily
as structural members of the inner and/or outer leaflet of cellular
membranes.
A "biomarker" is a specific biochemical in the body which has a
particular molecular feature that makes it useful for measuring the
progress of disease or the effects of treatment.
For example, S1P is a biomarker for certain hyperproliferative
and/or cardiovascular conditions.
A "carrier" refers to a moiety adapted for conjugation to a hapten,
thereby rendering the hapten immunogenic. A representative,
non-limiting class of carriers is proteins, examples of which
include albumin, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, hemaglutanin, tetanus,
and diptheria toxoid. Other classes and examples of carriers
suitable for use in accordance with the invention are known in the
art. These, as well as later discovered or invented naturally
occurring or synthetic carriers, can be adapted for application in
accordance with the invention.
The term "chemotherapeutic agent" means anti-cancer and other
anti-hyperproliferative agents. Put simply, a "chemotherapeutic
agent" refers to a chemical intended to destroy cells and tissues.
Such agents include, but are not limited to: DNA damaging agents
and agents that inhibit DNA synthesis: anthracyclines (doxorubicin,
donorubicin, epirubicin), alkylating agents (bendamustine,
busulfan, carboplatin, carmustine, chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide,
dacarbazine, hexamethylmelamine, ifosphamide, lomustine,
mechlorethamine, melphalan, mitotane, mytomycin, pipobroman,
procarbazine, streptozocin, thiotepa, and triethylenemelamine),
platinum derivatives (cisplatin, carboplatin, cis
diammine-dichloroplatinum), and topoisomerase inhibitors
(Camptosar); anti-metabolites such as capecitabine,
chlorodeoxyadenosine, cytarabine (and its activated form, ara-CMP),
cytosine arabinoside, dacabazine, floxuridine, fludarabine,
5-fluorouracil, 5-DFUR, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, 6-mercaptopurine,
methotrexate, pentostatin, trimetrexate, 6-thioguanine);
anti-angiogenics (bevacizumab, thalidomide, sunitinib,
lenalidomide, TNP-470, 2-methoxyestradiol, ranibizumab, sorafenib,
erlotinib, bortezomib, pegaptanib, endostatin); vascular disrupting
agents (flavonoids/flavones, DMXAA, combretastatin derivatives such
as CA4DP, ZD6126, AVE8062A, etc.); biologics such as antibodies
(Herceptin, Avastin, Panorex, Rituxin, Zevalin, Mylotarg, Campath,
Bexxar, Erbitux); endocrine therapy: aromatase inhibitors
(4-hydroandrostendione, exemestane, aminoglutehimide, anastrazole,
letozole), anti-estrogens (Tamoxifen, Toremifine, Raoxifene,
Faslodex), steroids such as dexamethasone; immuno-modulators:
cytokines such as IFN-beta and IL2), inhibitors to integrins, other
adhesion proteins and matrix metalloproteinases); histone
deacetylase inhibitors like suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid;
inhibitors of signal transduction such as inhibitors of tyrosine
kinases like imatinib (Gleevec); inhibitors of heat shock proteins
like 17-N-allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin; retinoids such as
all trans retinoic acid; inhibitors of growth factor receptors or
the growth factors themselves; anti-mitotic compounds and/or
tubulin-depolymerizing agents such as the taxoids (paclitaxel,
docetaxel, taxotere, BAY 59-8862), navelbine, vinblastine,
vincristine, vindesine and vinorelbine; anti-inflammatories such as
COX inhibitors and cell cycle regulators, e.g., check point
regulators and telomerase inhibitors.
The term "combination therapy" refers to a therapeutic regimen that
involves the provision of at least two distinct therapies to
achieve an indicated therapeutic effect. For example, a combination
therapy may involve the administration of two or more chemically
distinct active ingredients, for example, a fast-acting
chemotherapeutic agent and an anti-lipid antibody. Alternatively, a
combination therapy may involve the administration of an anti-lipid
antibody and/or one or more chemotherapeutic agents, alone or
together with the delivery of another treatment, such as radiation
therapy and/or surgery. In the context of the administration of two
or more chemically distinct active ingredients, it is understood
that the active ingredients may be administered as part of the same
composition or as different compositions. When administered as
separate compositions, the compositions comprising the different
active ingredients may be administered at the same or different
times, by the same or different routes, using the same of different
dosing regimens, all as the particular context requires and as
determined by the attending physician. Similarly, when one or more
anti-lipid antibody species, for example, an anti-LPA antibody,
alone or in conjunction with one or more chemotherapeutic agents
are combined with, for example, radiation and/or surgery, the
drug(s) may be delivered before or after surgery or radiation
treatment.
A "derivatized bioactive lipid conjugate" refers to a derivatized
bioactive lipid covalently conjugated to a carrier. The carrier may
be a protein molecule or may be a moiety such as polyethylene
glycol, colloidal gold, adjuvants or silicone beads. A derivatized
bioactive lipid conjugate may be used as an immunogen for
generating an antibody response according to the instant invention,
and the same or a different bioactive lipid conjugate may be used
as a detection reagent for detecting the antibody thus produced. In
some embodiments the derivatized bioactive lipid conjugate is
attached to a solid support when used for detection.
An "epitope" or "antigenic determinant" refers to that portion of
an antigen that reacts with an antibody antigen-binding portion
derived from an antibody.
A "hapten" is a substance that is non-immunogenic but can react
with an antibody or antigen-binding portion derived from an
antibody. In other words, haptens have the property of antigenicity
but not immunogenicity.
The term "hyperproliferative disorder" refers to diseases and
disorders associated with, the uncontrolled proliferation cells,
including but not limited to uncontrolled growth of organ and
tissue cells resulting in cancers and benign tumors.
Hyperproliferative disorders associated with endothelial cells can
result in diseases of angiogenesis such as angiomas, endometriosis,
obesity, age-related macular degeneration and various
retinopathies, as well as the proliferation of endothelial cells
and smooth muscle cells that cause restenosis as a consequence of
stenting in the treatment of atherosclerosis. Hyperproliferative
disorders involving fibroblasts (i.e., fibrogenesis) include but
are not limited to disorders of excessive scarring (i.e., fibrosis)
such as age-related macular degeneration, cardiac remodeling and
failure associated with myocardial infarction, excessive wound
healing such as commonly occurs as a consequence of surgery or
injury, keloids, and fibroid tumors and stenting.
An "immunogen" is a molecule capable of inducing a specific immune
response, particularly an antibody response in an animal to whom
the immunogen has been administered. In the instant invention, the
immunogen is a derivatized bioactive lipid conjugated to a carrier,
i.e., a "derivatized bioactive lipid conjugate". The derivatized
bioactive lipid conjugate used as the immunogen may be used as
capture material for detection of the antibody generated in
response to the immunogen. Thus the immunogen may also be used as a
detection reagent. Alternatively, the derivatized bioactive lipid
conjugate used as capture material may have a different linker
and/or carrier moiety from that in the immunogen.
To "inhibit," particularly in the context of a biological
phenomenon, means to decrease, suppress or delay. For example, a
treatment yielding "inhibition of tumorigenesis" may mean that
tumors do not form at all, or that they form more slowly, or are
fewer in number than in the untreated control.
In the context of this invention, a "liquid composition" refers to
one that, in its filled and finished form as provided from a
manufacturer to an end user (e.g., a doctor or nurse), is a liquid
or solution, as opposed to a solid. Here, "solid" refers to
compositions that are not liquids or solutions. For example, solids
include dried compositions prepared by lyophilization,
freeze-drying, precipitation, and similar procedures.
"Monotherapy" refers to a treatment regimen based on the delivery
of one therapeutically effective compound, whether administered as
a single dose or several doses over time.
"Neoplasia" refers to abnormal and uncontrolled cell growth. A
"neoplasm", or tumor, is an abnormal, unregulated, and disorganized
proliferation of cell growth, and is generally referred to as
cancer. A neoplasm may be benign or malignant. A neoplasm is
malignant, or cancerous, if it has properties of destructive
growth, invasiveness, and metastasis. Invasiveness refers to the
local spread of a neoplasm by infiltration or destruction of
surrounding tissue, typically breaking through the basal laminas
that define the boundaries of the tissues, thereby often entering
the body's circulatory system. Metastasis typically refers to the
dissemination of tumor cells by lymphatic or blood circulating
systems. Metastasis also refers to the migration of tumor cells by
direct extension through serous cavities, or subarachnoid or other
spaces. Through the process of metastasis, tumor cell migration to
other areas of the body establishes neoplasms in areas away from
the site of initial appearance.
A "patentable" composition, process, machine, or article of
manufacture according to the invention means that the subject
matter satisfies all statutory requirements for patentability at
the time the analysis is performed. For example, with regard to
novelty, non-obviousness, or the like, if later investigation
reveals that one or more claims encompass one or more embodiments
that would negate novelty, non-obviousness, etc., the claim(s),
being limited by definition to "patentable" embodiments,
specifically exclude the non-patentable embodiment(s). Also, the
claims appended hereto are to be interpreted both to provide the
broadest reasonable scope, as well as to preserve their validity.
Furthermore, the claims are to be interpreted in a way that (1)
preserves their validity and (2) provides the broadest reasonable
interpretation under the circumstances, if one or more of the
statutory requirements for patentability are amended or if the
standards change for assessing whether a particular statutory
requirement for patentability is satisfied from the time this
application is filed or issues as a patent to a time the validity
of one or more of the appended claims is questioned.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to salts which
retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the agents
and compounds of this invention and which are not biologically or
otherwise undesirable. In many cases, the agents and compounds of
this invention are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by
virtue of the presence of charged groups, for example, charged
amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared
from inorganic and organic acids, while pharmaceutically acceptable
base addition salts can be prepared from inorganic and organic
bases. For a review of pharmaceutically acceptable salts (see
Berge, et al. (1977) J. Pharm. Sci., vol. 66, 1-19).
A "plurality" means more than one.
The terms "separated", "purified", "isolated", and the like mean
that one or more components of a sample contained in a
sample-holding vessel are or have been physically removed from, or
diluted in the presence of, one or more other sample components
present in the vessel. Sample components that may be removed or
diluted during a separating or purifying step include, chemical
reaction products, non-reacted chemicals, proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids, and unbound molecules.
The term "species" is used herein in various contexts, e.g., a
particular species of chemotherapeutic agent. In each context, the
term refers to a population of chemically indistinct molecules of
the sort referred in the particular context.
"Specifically associate," "specifically bind" and the like refer to
a specific, non-random interaction between two molecules, which
interaction depends on the presence of structural,
hydrophobic/hydrophilic, and/or electrostatic features that allow
appropriate chemical or molecular interactions between the
molecules. An antibody may be said to "bind" or be "reactive with"
(or, equivalently, "reactive against") the epitope of its target
antigen. Antibodies are commonly described in the art as being
"against" or "to" their antigens as shorthand for antibody binding
to the antigen.
Herein, "stable" refers to an interaction between two molecules
(e.g., a peptide and a TLR molecule) that is sufficiently stable
such that the molecules can be maintained for the desired purpose
or manipulation. For example, a "stable" interaction between a
peptide and a TLR molecule refers to one wherein the peptide
becomes and remains associated with a TLR molecule for a period
sufficient to achieve the desired effect.
A "subject" or "patient" refers to an animal in need of treatment
that can be effected by molecules of the invention. Animals that
can be treated in accordance with the invention include
vertebrates, with mammals such as bovine, canine, equine, feline,
ovine, porcine, and primate (including humans and non-humans
primates) animals being particularly preferred examples.
A "surrogate marker" refers to laboratory measurement of biological
activity within the body that indirectly indicates the effect of
treatment on disease state. Examples of surrogate markers for
hyperproliferative and/or cardiovascular conditions include SPHK
and/or S1PRs.
A "therapeutically effective amount" (or "effective amount") refers
to an amount of an active ingredient, e.g., an agent according to
the invention, sufficient to effect treatment when administered to
a subject in need of such treatment. Accordingly, what constitutes
a therapeutically effective amount of a composition according to
the invention may be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in
the art. In the context of cancer therapy, a "therapeutically
effective amount" is one that produces an objectively measured
change in one or more parameters associated with cancer cell
survival or metabolism, including an increase or decrease in the
expression of one or more genes correlated with the particular
cancer, reduction in tumor burden, cancer cell lysis, the detection
of one or more cancer cell death markers in a biological sample
(e.g., a biopsy and an aliquot of a bodily fluid such as whole
blood, plasma, serum, urine, etc.), induction of induction
apoptosis or other cell death pathways, etc. Of course, the
therapeutically effective amount will vary depending upon the
particular subject and condition being treated, the weight and age
of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the
particular compound chosen, the dosing regimen to be followed,
timing of administration, the manner of administration and the
like, all of which can readily be determined by one of ordinary
skill in the art. It will be appreciated that in the context of
combination therapy, what constitutes a therapeutically effective
amount of a particular active ingredient may differ from what
constitutes a therapeutically effective amount of the active
ingredient when administered as a monotherapy (i.e., a therapeutic
regimen that employs only one chemical entity as the active
ingredient).
The term "treatment" or "treating" means any treatment of a disease
or disorder, including preventing or protecting against the disease
or disorder (that is, causing the clinical symptoms not to
develop); inhibiting the disease or disorder (i.e., arresting,
delaying or suppressing the development of clinical symptoms;
and/or relieving the disease or disorder (i.e., causing the
regression of clinical symptoms). As will be appreciated, it is not
always possible to distinguish between "preventing" and
"suppressing" a disease or disorder because the ultimate inductive
event or events may be unknown or latent. Accordingly, the term
"prophylaxis" will be understood to constitute a type of
"treatment" that encompasses both "preventing" and "suppressing".
The term "protection" thus includes "prophylaxis".
The term "therapeutic regimen" means any treatment of a disease or
disorder using chemotherapeutic and cytotoxic agents, radiation
therapy, surgery, gene therapy, DNA vaccines and therapy, siRNA
therapy, anti-angiogenic therapy, immunotherapy, bone marrow
transplants, aptamers and other biologics such as antibodies and
antibody variants, receptor decoys and other protein-based
therapeutics.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The object of this invention is to provide patentable compositions
and methods for generating antibodies, particularly monoclonal
antibodies and derivatives thereof, reactive with bioactive lipids
correlated, involved, or otherwise implicated in disease processes
in animals, particularly in mammals, especially humans.
Thus, one aspect of the invention concerns patentable intermediates
used to produce patentable immunogens that can be used to raise
patentable bioactive lipid-reactive antibodies. This patentable
class of compounds comprises derivatized bioactive lipids, each of
which comprises a bioactive lipid having a polar head group and at
least one hydrocarbon chain, wherein a carbon atom within the
hydrocarbon chain is derivatized with a pendant reactive group
[e.g., a sulfhydryl (thiol) group, a carboxylic acid group, a cyano
group, an ester, a hydroxy group, an alkene, an alkyne, an acid
chloride group or a halogen atom] that may or may not be protected.
Representative bioactive lipids include lysolipids, for example,
sphingolipids and sphingolipid metabolites such as ceramide,
ceramide-1-phosphate, N-acetyl-ceramide-1-phosphate,
sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P), sphingosine,
sphingosylphosphorylcholine (SPC), dihydrosphingosine and
dihydrosphingosine-1-phosphate. Other bioactive lipids include
lysolipids such as lysophosphatidic acids (LPAs), as well as
lysophosphatidic acid metabolites or precursors such as
lysophosphatidylinositol (LPI) or lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC). In
the context of an LPA, exemplary reactive group positioning
includes appending the reactive group to a carbon atom within the
hydrocarbon chain or at the sn-1 position of the glycerol backbone
of the lysophosphatidic acid moiety. Particularly preferred
derivatized bioactive lipids include sulfhydryl derivatives of LPA
and S1P.
A related aspect of the invention relates to immunogens produced
from a derivatized bioactive lipid according to the invention. In
general, such immunogens comprise a derivatized bioactive lipid
covalently linked to a carrier. Examples of suitable carrier
moieties include carrier proteins such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin
(KLH) and albumin, polyethylene glycol, colloidal gold, adjuvants
or silicone beads. Preferred embodiments of an immunogen according
to the invention include a sulfhydryl derivative of LPA covalently
linked to KLH or albumin. In the context of sphingolipid-based
immunogen, preferred immunogen embodiments include sulfhydryl
derivatives of S1P covalently linked to KLH or albumin.
Immunogens of the invention are prepared by reaction of a
derivatized bioactive bioactive lipid with a carrier moiety under
conditions that allow covalent linkage between the carrier and the
bioactive lipid to occur through the pendant reactive group to
yield the particular species of bioactive lipid-carrier immunogen.
Such immunogens are then preferably isolated or purified prior to
administration to a host animal as part of an immunization
procedure, which may involve one or several administrations
(typically by injection) of the desired immunogen. In preferred
embodiments of this aspect, the pendant reactive group of the
derivatized bioactive lipid is protected with a suitable protecting
group, which is removed and the derivatized bioactive lipid is
"deprotected" prior to or as part of the chemistry employed to
covalently link the carrier and the bioactive lipid.
As discussed above, another aspect of the invention concerns
methods of making monoclonal antibody reactive against a bioactive
lipid. In such methods, an immune competent host animal (e.g., a
rodent such as a mouse, a rat, a guinea pig, or rabbit) is
immunized with a bioactive lipid immunogen as described herein.
Following immunization, the host mounts an antibody response
against the bioactive lipid, resulting in the production of
antibodies reactive to the particular bioactive lipid species
present in the immunogen. The resultant antibodies may be
polyclonal or, preferably, monoclonal. With regard to monoclonal
antibodies, cell lines that produce a desired antibody are
preferably cloned and immortalized to facilitate production of the
desired lipid-specific antibody in desired quantities. In preferred
embodiments, a desired monoclonal antibody, e.g., a monoclonal
antibody reactive against LPA is used to produce antibody
derivatives, such as chimeric or humanized antibodies or antibody
fragments. In some embodiments, fully humanized antibodies may be
produced by immunizing an animal, e.g., a mouse or rat, engineered
to contain some or all of a competent human system.
It is known that lipids are in general a particularly intractable
class of molecules for antibody production. One facet of the
invention rests on the appreciation that this problem, at least in
part, resides in the difficulty in detecting antibodies reactive
against a particular target lipid species. However, this problem
can be elegantly overcome through the use of the derivatized form
of the particular target bioactive lipid, such as a lysolipid or a
sphingolipid or sphingolipid metabolite).
In certain preferred embodiments, such a derivatized bioactive
lipid may be used to identify an antibody reactive against an
epitope of the particular bioactive lipid present in the immunogen
used to generate the antibodies being detected. To perform this
role a particular derivatized bioactive lipid or derivatized
bioactive lipid conjugate may be attached to a solid support,
preferably the solid phase of an assay device, such as an ELISA
plate, a Biacore chip, etc. Attachment to a solid support minimizes
the likelihood that the bioactive lipid will be washed away during
antibody binding and detection.
Another aspect of the invention concerns pharmaceutical or
veterinary compositions that comprise a carrier and an isolated
immune-derived moiety according to the invention, for example, a
monoclonal antibody or antibody fragment, variant, or derivative.
Preferred carriers include those that are pharmaceutically
acceptable, particularly when the composition is intended for
therapeutic use in humans. For non-human therapeutic applications
(e.g., in the treatment of companion animals, livestock, fish, or
poultry), acceptable carriers for veterinary use may be
employed.
Related aspects of the invention relate to methods of use or
treatment, including preventative or prophylactic treatment, and
administration. Such methods typically involve administering to a
subject (for example, mammal, particularly a human patient) in need
of therapeutic or prophylactic treatment an amount of an
immune-derived moiety reactive against a bioactive lipid target,
effective to accomplish the desired treatment. In some embodiments
the bioactive lipid target is a non-sphingoid bioactive lipid. One
preferred example of a therapeutically useful immune-derived moiety
is a humanized monoclonal antibody reactive against a lysolipid
such as LPA. Routes of administration of an immune-derived moiety
according to the invention, preferably as part of a therapeutic
composition, may vary depending upon whether local or systemic
treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated.
Administration may be topical (including transdermal, ophthalmic
and to mucous membranes including vaginal, intrauterine and rectal
delivery, pulmonary delivery, intratracheal, intranasal, and
epidermal delivery), oral or parenteral. Parenteral administration
includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal
or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial, e.g.,
intrathecal or intraventricular, administration.
Other aspects of the invention concern various diagnostic,
prognostic, and/or research-enabling methods. One such aspect
involves use of the derivatized lipid analog to detect the presence
of autoantibodies against the natural bioactive lipid in a sample
of fluid or tissue from an animal or from an antibody library.
Another such aspect concerns methods of detecting target bioactive
lipids, other than sphingolipids or metabolites thereof. In
general, such methods involve binding of an immune-derived moiety
with the target bioactive lipid against which it is reactive.
Detection of binding may result, for example, by exposing a sample
(e.g., a biopsy or fluid or liquid sample, for instance, blood,
serum, plasma, urine, saliva, tears, cerebrospinal fluid, cell
culture, etc.) known or suspected to contain the target bioactive
lipid with an immune-derived moiety under conditions that allow the
immune-derived moiety to bind to the target bioactive lipid, if
present in the sample.
To perform such diagnostic methods, reagents are required, and
diagnostic reagents that employ a derivatized lipid according to
the invention represent another aspect of the invention. With such
reagents in hand, diagnostic assays that utilize such reagents may
be prepared.
These and other aspects and embodiments of the invention are
discussed in greater detail in the sections that follow.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1. Organic synthesis scheme for making of a typical
thiolated-S1P analog that was used as a key component of an
immunogen according to the invention, as well as a key component of
the laydown material for the ELISA and BiaCore assays.
FIG. 2. Organic synthesis scheme for making the thiolated-related
fatty acid used in the synthesis of the thiolated-LPA analog of
FIG. 3.
FIG. 3. Organic synthesis scheme for making the thiolated-LPA
analog that is a key component of an immunogen according to the
invention, as well as a key component of the laydown material for
the ELISA and other assays.
FIG. 4. The anti-S1P mAb is specific and sensitive for S1P and does
not recognize structurally similar bioactive lipids. Panel A.
Competitive ELISA with S1P, SPH, LPA, SPC and other structurally
similar biolipids competing for the mAb binding to S1P on the
plate. Only free S1P or DH-S1P can compete for binding,
demonstrating the specificity of the anti-S1P mAb. SPC only
slightly competes for binding. Panel B. Structures of bioactive
lipids used in the evaluation of specificity.
FIG. 5. BiaCore analysis of binding kinetics of anti-S1P mAb to
thio-S1P tethered to a Biacore maleimide surface CM5 sensor chip.
Various dilutions of anti-S1P mAb were applied to the flow cell for
generating sensograms.
FIG. 6. Amino acid sequences of the mouse V.sub.H and V.sub.L
domains of murine Sphingomab.TM.. CDR residues are boxed.
FIG. 7A. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM.
FIG. 7B. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 7C. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 7D. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 7E. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 7F. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 7G. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 7H. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 7I. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 7J. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 7K. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains of murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 8. Graph showing ELISA results for binding studies of murine
Sphingomab.TM. and chimeric, S1P-binding antibodies derived from
murine Sphingomab.TM..
FIG. 9. Direct ELISA showing binding of murine and chimeric mAbs to
ELISA plates coated with thiolated S1P analog as described in
EXAMPLE 6. Data show that the chimeric mAb (c.alpha.-S1P IgG) has
similar, if not greater binding performance compared to the fully
murine mAb (m.alpha.-S1P IgG).
As those in the art will appreciate, the following description
describes certain preferred embodiments of the invention in detail,
and is thus only representative and does not depict the actual
scope of the invention. Before describing the present invention in
detail, it is understood that the invention is not limited to the
particular molecules, systems, and methodologies described, as
these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology
used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments
only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the invention
defined by the appended claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compositions and methods for
generating and identifying antibodies against bioactive lipid
molecules that play a role in human and/or animal disease as a
signaling molecule. The invention also relates to these antibodies
themselves, and methods of using them therapeutically,
diagnostically and as research reagents.
1. Methods for Antibody Production and Identification
It is known that lipids are in general a particularly intractable
class of molecules for antibody production. Antibody production can
typically be described as a two-part process: a suitable immunogen
must be provided which will generate the desired antibody response
in an animal, and the resulting antibody, if present, must be
detectable.
As discussed above, effective antibody production requires both
antibody generation and antibody detection. As disclosed in the
Examples hereinbelow, generation of antibodies targeted to certain
bioactive lipids has been achieved using derivatized bioactive
lipid as immunogen. In the examples, the thiolated bioactive lipid
(e.g., S1P) analog was conjugated to Keyhole Limpet Hemocyanin
(KLH) or to fatty-acid free Bovine Serum Albumin (BSA) via SMCC
(Pierce, Rockford Ill.) using protocols recommended by the
manufacturer. SMCC is a heterobifunctional crosslinker that reacts
with primary amines and sulfhydryl groups, and represents a
preferred crosslinker. Iodoacetamide (IOA) can also be used for
maleimide-activated proteins.
However, other immunogens and methods of generating antibodies
known in the art may also be used. For example, antibodies against
phospholipid species have been generated by immunization with
liposomes (Maneta-Peyret et al., 1988, 1989; Benerji and Alving,
1990) or by adsorption of monomeric phospholipids to proteins
(Tamamura et al., 1971; Maneta-Peyret et al., 1989), to bacteria
(Umeda et al., 1989), to acrylamide (Maneta-Peyret et al., 1988,
1989) and to gold [Tomii et al., (1991) Jpn J. Med. Sci. Biol.
44:75-80]. In many cases, presentation of the bioactive lipid as
emulsions or liposomal complexes has resulted in IgMs with limited
specificity, sensitivity and/or biological activity in comparison
to IgG. For example, two commercially available reagents supposedly
specific for ceramide, one an IgM-enriched polyclonal mouse serum
and the other an IgM monoclonal antibody, were characterized. The
monoclonal was found to be specific for sphingomyelin and the
antiserum was found to react with various ceramide species in the
nanomolar range. Vielhaber, G. et al., (2001) Glycobiology
11:451-457. In a different approach, Ran et al. [(2005) Clin.
Cancer Res. 11:1551-1562] used b.End3 endothelial cells that had
been treated with peroxide (intended to cause translocation of
anionic phospholipids to the external surface of the cells) as an
immunogen to elicit generation of antibodies specific for anionic
phospholipids. Thus numerous methods are known by which an antibody
response to a desired antigenic target may be elicited; any of
these may be used in the instant invention as long as the resulting
antibodies can be detected and shown to be reactive with the
desired bioactive lipid.
Antibody generation, while of course necessary, is not sufficient
if the antibody cannot be detected. Thus one facet of the invention
rests on the appreciation that previous failures of others to
produce antibodies to bioactive lipids may be attributable at least
to shortcomings in the detection step. This problem of detection
has been elegantly overcome in the following examples through the
use of a derivatized bioactive lipid. The derivatized bioactive
lipid is used to detect and identify an antibody reactive against
an epitope of the particular bioactive lipid present in the
immunogen used to generate the antibodies being detected; the
bioactive lipid used for detection in derivatized form contains the
same epitope to which antibodies were generated. To perform this
role the derivatized lipid may be associated with the solid phase
of an assay device, such as an ELISA plate, a BiaCore sensor chip,
etc. In some embodiments the derivatized bioactive lipid is
covalently conjugated directly to the solid support. By way of
example, the derivatized lipid may be covalently conjugated to an
activated BiaCore chip as described in Examples hereinbelow. In
other embodiments, the derivatized bioactive lipid is covalently
conjugated to a carrier moiety, yielding a "derivatized bioactive
lipid conjugate" which is then bound to a solid support. As an
example, derivatized lipid covalently conjugated to BSA is used as
the laydown material (capture material) for ELISA as described in
Examples hereinbelow. In either embodiment, attachment of the
derivatized bioactive lipid to the solid support provides a stable
detection means which is unlikely to be washed away, as is a risk
of some detection methods. Detection of the antibody may be
accomplished in a variety of ways. In a preferred embodiment of the
invention, the detection is via ELISA, Biacore.TM. label-free
interaction analysis systems, or other solid-support-based routine
detection means in which the derivatized bioactive lipid is
attached to said solid support. Examples of other solid supports
include but are not limited to affinity columns, glass or synthetic
beads, multiwell plates and the like.
The derivatized bioactive lipid conjugate used in the detection
step may be the same derivatized bioactive lipid conjugate used as
the immunogen, or the derivatized bioactive lipid may be conjugated
to a different carrier than in the conjugate used as the immunogen.
In some embodiments, e.g. as the laydown for ELISA, it is preferred
to use a different derivatized bioactive lipid conjugate in the
detection step, than was used as the immunogen, to minimize
crossreactivity. By way of examples, the carrier may be BSA
(preferably fatty-acid free, particularly in the detection step),
KLH or other carriers known in the art. The crosslinker used to
conjugate the derivatized bioactive lipid to the protein carrier
may be, for example, SMCC or IOA. In one preferred embodiment the
immunogen is S1P-IOA-KLH and S1P-SMCC-BSA (fatty acid free BSA) is
the capture laydown material in the ELISA, wherein S1P refers to
the derivatized S1P that reacts with the crosslinker (IOA or SMCC
in this instance) to form a covalent bond with the protein carrier
(KLH or BSA in this instance).
2. Compounds
The term "antibody" ("Ab") or "immunoglobulin" (Ig) refers to any
form of a peptide, polypeptide derived from, modeled after or
encoded by, an immunoglobulin gene, or fragment thereof, capable of
binding an antigen or epitope. See, e.g., IMMUNOBIOLOGY, Fifth
Edition, C. A. Janeway, P. Travers, M., Walport, M. J.
Shlomchiked., ed. Garland Publishing (2001). Antibody molecules or
immunoglobulins are large glycoprotein molecules with a molecular
weight of approximately 150 kDa, usually composed of two different
kinds of polypeptide chain. One polypeptide chain, termed the
"heavy" chain (H) is approximately 50 kDa. The other polypeptide,
termed the "light" chain (L), is approximately 25 kDa. Each
immunoglobulin molecule usually consists of two heavy chains and
two light chains. The two heavy chains are linked to each other by
disulfide bonds, the number of which varies between the heavy
chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each light chain is
linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond. In any
given naturally occurring antibody molecule, the two heavy chains
and the two light chains are identical, harboring two identical
antigen-binding sites, and are thus said to be divalent, i.e.,
having the capacity to bind simultaneously to two identical
molecules.
The "light" chains of antibody molecules from any vertebrate
species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, kappa
(k) and lambda (.lamda.), based on the amino acid sequences of
their constant domains. The ratio of the two types of light chain
varies from species to species. As a way of example, the average k
to .lamda. ratio is 20:1 in mice, whereas in humans it is 2:1 and
in cattle it is 1:20.
The "heavy" chains of antibody molecules from any vertebrate
species can be assigned to one of five clearly distinct types,
called isotypes, based on the amino acid sequences of their
constant domains. Some isotypes have several subtypes. The five
major classes of immunoglobulin are immunoglobulin M (IgM),
immunoglobulin D (IgD), immunoglobulin G (IgG), immunoglobulin A
(IgA), and immunoglobulin E (IgE). IgG is the most abundant isotype
and has several subclasses (IgG1, 2, 3, and 4 in humans). The Fc
fragment and hinge regions differ in antibodies of different
isotypes, thus determining their functional properties. However,
the overall organization of the domains is similar in all
isotypes.
As used herein, "antibody fragment" and grammatical variants
thereof refer to a portion of an intact antibody that includes the
antigen binding site or variable regions of an intact antibody,
wherein the portion can be free of the constant heavy chain domains
(e.g., CH2, CH3, and CH4) of the Fc region of the intact antibody.
Alternatively, portions of the constant heavy chain domains (e.g.,
CH2, CH3, and CH4) can be included in the "antibody fragment".
Examples of antibody fragments are those that retain
antigen-binding and include Fab, Fab', F(ab').sub.2, Fd, and Fv
fragments; diabodies; triabodies; single-chain antibody molecules
(sc-Fv); minibodies, nanobodies, and multispecific antibodies
formed from antibody fragments. By way of example, a Fab fragment
also contains the constant domain of a light chain and the first
constant domain (CH1) of a heavy chain.
The term "variable region" refers to N-terminal sequence of the
antibody molecule or a fragment thereof. In general, each of the
four chains has a variable (V) region in its amino terminal
portion, which contributes to the antigen-binding site, and a
constant (C) region, which determines the isotype. The light chains
are bound to the heavy chains by many noncovalent interactions and
by disulfide bonds, and the V regions of the heavy and light chains
pair in each arm of antibody molecule to generate two identical
antigen-binding sites. Some amino acid residues are believed to
form an interface between the light- and heavy-chain variable
domains (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological
Interest, Fifth Edition, National Institute of Health, Bethesda,
Md. (1991); Clothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., vol. 186:651
(1985)).
Of note, variability is not uniformly distributed throughout the
variable domains of antibodies, but is concentrated in three
segments called "complementarity-determining regions" (CDRs) or
"hypervariable regions" both in the light-chain and the heavy-chain
variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of variable
domains are called the "framework region" (FR). The variable
domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR
regions connected by three CDRs. The CDRs in each chain are held
together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs
from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the
antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of
Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, National
Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). Collectively, the 6
CDRs contribute to the binding properties of the antibody molecule.
However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising
only three CDRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to
recognize and bind antigen (see Pluckthun, in The Pharmacology of
Monoclonal Antibodies, vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds.,
Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994)).
The terms "constant domain" refers to the C-terminal region of an
antibody heavy or light chain. Generally, the constant domains are
not directly involved in the binding properties of an antibody
molecule to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions,
such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent
cellular toxicity. Here, "effector functions" refer to the
different physiological effects of antibodies (e.g., opsonization,
cell lysis, mast cell, basophil and eosinophil degranulation, and
other processes) mediated by the recruitment of immune cells by the
molecular interaction between the Fc domain and proteins of the
immune system. The isotype of the heavy chain determines the
functional properties of the antibody. Their distinctive functional
properties are conferred by the carboxy-terminal portions of the
heavy chains, where they are not associated with light chains.
The term "variant" refers to an amino acid sequence which differs
from the native amino acid sequence of an antibody by at least one
amino acid residue modification. A native or parent or wild-type
amino acid sequence refers to the amino acid sequence of an
antibody found in nature. "Variant" of the antibody molecule
includes, but is not limited to, changes within a variable region
or a constant region of a light chain and/or a heavy chain,
including in the Fc region, the Fab region, the CH.sub.1 domain,
the CH.sub.2 domain, the CH.sub.3 domain, and the hinge region.
The term "specific" refers to the selective binding of an antibody
to its target epitope. Antibody molecules can be tested for
specificity of binding by comparing binding to the desired antigen
to binding to unrelated antigen or analogue antigen or antigen
mixture under a given set of conditions. Preferably, an antibody
according to the invention will lack significant binding to
unrelated antigens, or even analogs of the target antigen. Here,
the term "antigen" refers to a molecule that is recognized and
bound by an antibody molecule or immune-derived moiety that binds
to the antigen. The specific portion of an antigen that is bound by
an antibody is termed the "epitope". A "hapten" refers to a small
molecule that can, under most circumstances, elicit an immune
response (i.e., act as an antigen) only when attached to a carrier,
for example, a protein, polyethylene glycol (PEG), colloidal gold,
silicone beads, and the like. The carrier may be one that also does
not elicit an immune response by itself.
The term "antibody" is used in the broadest sense, and encompasses
monoclonal, polyclonal, multispecific (e.g., bispecific, wherein
each arm of the antibody is reactive with a different epitope of
the same or different antigen), minibody, heteroconjugate, diabody,
triabody, chimeric, and synthetic antibodies, as well as antibody
fragments that specifically bind an antigen with a desired binding
property and/or biological activity.
The term "monoclonal antibody" (mAb) refers to an antibody, or
population of like antibodies, obtained from a population of
substantially homogeneous antibodies, and is not to be construed as
requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For
example, monoclonal antibodies can be made by the hybridoma method
first described by Kohler G. and Milstein C. (1975), Nature, vol.
256:495-497, or by recombinant DNA methods.
The term "chimeric" antibody (or immunoglobulin) refers to a
molecule comprising a heavy and/or light chain which is identical
with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived
from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody
class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical
with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived
from another species or belonging to another antibody class or
subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they
exhibit the desired biological activity (Cabilly, et al., infra;
Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., vol. 81:6851
(1984)).
The term "humanized antibody" means human antibodies that also
contain selected sequences from non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies
in place of the human sequences. A humanized antibody can include
conservative amino acid substitutions or non-natural residues from
the same or different species that do not significantly alter its
binding and/or biologic activity. Such antibodies are chimeric
antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human
immunoglobulins. For the most part, humanized antibodies are human
immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a
complementary-determining region (CDR) of the recipient are
replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor
antibody) such as mouse, rat, camel, bovine, goat, or rabbit having
the desired properties. Furthermore, humanized antibodies can
comprise residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody
nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. These modifications
are made to further refine and maximize antibody performance. Thus,
in general, a humanized antibody will comprise all of at least one,
and in one aspect two, variable domains, in which all or all of the
hypervariable loops correspond to those of a non-human
immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are
those of a human immunoglobulin sequence. The humanized antibody
optionally also will comprise at least a portion of an
immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), or that of a human
immunoglobulin. See, e.g., Cabilly, et al., U.S. Pat. No.
4,816,567; Cabilly, et al., European Patent No. 0,125,023 B1; Boss,
et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397; Boss, et al., European Patent No.
0,120,694 B1; Neuberger, et al., WO 86/01533; Neuberger, et al.,
European Patent No. 0,194,276 B1; Winter, U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539;
Winter, European Patent No. 0,239,400 B1; Padlan, et al., European
Patent Application No. 0,519,596 A1; Queen, et al. (1989), Proc.
Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 86:10029-10033).
The term `fully human` antibody can refer to an antibody produced
in a genetically engineered (ie. Transgenic) mouse (e.g. from
Medarex) that, when presented with an immunogen, can produce a
human antibody that does not necessarily require CDR grafting.
These antibodies are fully human (100% human protein sequences)
from animals such as mice in which the non-human antibody genes are
suppressed and replaced with human antibody gene expression. The
applicants believe that antibodies could be generated against
bioactive lipids when presented to these genetically engineered
mice or other animals who might be able to produce human frameworks
for the relevant CDRs.
The term "bispecific antibody" can refer to an antibody, or a
monoclonal antibody, having binding properties for at least two
different epitopes. In one embodiment, the epitopes are from the
same antigen. In another embodiment, the epitopes are from two
different antigens. Methods for making bispecific antibodies are
known in the art. For example, bispecific antibodies can be
produced recombinantly using the co-expression of two
immunoglobulin heavy chain/light chain pairs. Alternatively,
bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical linkage. One
of skill can produce bispecific antibodies using these or other
methods as may be known in the art. Bispecific antibodies include
bispecific antibody fragments. One example of a bispecific antibody
comprehended by this invention is an antibody having binding
properties for an S1P epitope and an LPA epitope, which thus is
able to recognize and bind to both S1P and LP1. Another example of
a bispecific antibody comprehended by this invention is an antibody
having binding properties for an epitope from a bioactive lipid and
an epitope from a cell surface antigen. Thus the antibody is able
to recognize and bind the bioactive lipid and is able to recognize
and bind to cells, e.g., for targeting purposes.
The term "heteroconjugate antibody" can refer to two covalently
joined antibodies. Such antibodies can be prepared using known
methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including using
crosslinking agents. As used herein, the term "conjugate" refers to
molecules formed by the covalent attachment of one or more antibody
fragment(s) or binding moieties to one or more polymer
molecule(s).
The term "biologically active" refers to an antibody or antibody
fragment that is capable of binding the desired epitope and in some
ways exerting a biologic effect. Biological effects include, but
are not limited to, the modulation of a growth signal, the
modulation of an anti-apoptotic signal, the modulation of an
apoptotic signal, the modulation of the effector function cascade,
and modulation of other ligand interactions.
The term "recombinant DNA" refers to nucleic acids and gene
products expressed therefrom that have been engineered, created, or
modified by man. "Recombinant" polypeptides or proteins are
polypeptides or proteins produced by recombinant DNA techniques,
for example, from cells transformed by an exogenous DNA construct
encoding the desired polypeptide or protein. "Synthetic"
polypeptides or proteins are those prepared by chemical
synthesis.
The term "expression cassette" refers to a nucleotide molecule
capable of affecting expression of a structural gene (i.e., a
protein coding sequence, such as an antibody of the invention) in a
host compatible with such sequences. Expression cassettes include
at least a promoter operably linked with the polypeptide-coding
sequence, and, optionally, with other sequences, e.g.,
transcription termination signals. Additional regulatory elements
necessary or helpful in effecting expression may also be used,
e.g., enhancers. Thus, expression cassettes include plasmids,
expression vectors, recombinant viruses, any form of recombinant
"naked DNA" vector, and the like.
A "vector" or "plasmid" or "expression vector" refers to a nucleic
acid that can be maintained transiently or stably in a cell to
effect expression of one or more recombinant genes. A vector can
comprise nucleic acid, alone or complexed with other compounds. A
vector optionally comprises viral or bacterial nucleic acids and/or
proteins, and/or membranes. Vectors include, but are not limited,
to replicons (e.g., RNA replicons, bacteriophages) to which
fragments of DNA may be attached and become replicated. Thus,
vectors include, but are not limited to, RNA, autonomous
self-replicating circular or linear DNA or RNA and include both the
expression and non-expression plasmids. "Plasmids" can be
commercially available, publicly available on an unrestricted
basis, or can be constructed from available plasmids as reported
with published protocols. In addition, the expression vectors may
also contain a gene to provide a phenotypic trait for selection of
transformed host cells such as dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin
resistance for eukaryotic cell culture, or such as tetracycline or
ampicillin resistance in E. coli.
The term "promoter" includes all sequences capable of driving
transcription of a coding sequence in a cell. Thus, promoters used
in the constructs of the invention include cis-acting
transcriptional control elements and regulatory sequences that are
involved in regulating or modulating the timing and/or rate of
transcription of a gene. For example, a promoter can be a
cis-acting transcriptional control element, including an enhancer,
a promoter, a transcription terminator, an origin of replication, a
chromosomal integration sequence, 5' and 3' untranslated regions,
or an intronic sequence, which are involved in transcriptional
regulation. Transcriptional regulatory regions suitable for use in
the present invention include but are not limited to the human
cytomegalovirus (CMV) immediate-early enhancer/promoter, the SV40
early enhancer/promoter, the E. coli lac or trp promoters, and
other promoters known to control expression of genes in prokaryotic
or eukaryotic cells or their viruses.
A. Antibodies to Sphingolipids
The present invention provides methods for preparing antibodies
directed against certain bioactive lipids, including sphingolipids.
The term "sphingolipid" refers to the sphingolipids as defined by
http//www.lipidmaps.org, including the following: Sphingoid bases
[including sphing-4-enines (sphingosines), sphinganines,
4-hydroxysphinganines (phytosphingosines), sphingoid base homologs
and variants, sphingoid base 1-phosphates, lysosphingomyelins and
lysoglycosphingolipids; N-methylated sphingoid bases, and sphingoid
base analogs]; ceramides [including N-acylsphingosines (ceramides),
N-acylsphinganines (dihydroceramides), N-acyl-4-hydroxysphinganines
(phytoceramides), acylceramides and ceramide 1-phosphates];
phosphosphingolipids [including ceramide phosphocholines
(sphingomyelins), ceramide phosphoethanolamines and ceramide
phosphoinositols; phosphonosphingolipids; neutral
glycosphingolipids [including the simple Glc series (GlcCer,
LacCer, etc., GalNAcb1-3Gala1-4Galb1-4Glc- (Globo series),
GalNAcb1-4Galb1-4Glc- (Ganglio series),
Galb1-3GlcNAcb1-3Galb1-4Glc- (Lacto series),
Galb1-4GlcNAcb1-3Galb1-4Glc- (Neolacto series),
GalNAcb1-3Gala1-3Galb1-4Glc-(Isoglobo series),
GlcNAcb1-2Mana1-3Manb1-4Glc- (Mollu series),
GalNAcb1-4GlcNAcb1-3Manb1-4Glc- (Arthro series), Gal- (Gala series)
or other neutral glycosphingolipids]; acidic glycosphingolipids
[including gangliosides, sulfoglycosphingolipids (sulfatides),
glucuronosphingolipids, phosphoglycosphingolipids and other acidic
glycosphingolipids; basic glycosphingolipids; amphoteric
glycosphingolipids; arsenosphingolipids and other
sphingolipids.
Anti-sphingolipid antibodies are useful for treating or preventing
disorders such as hyperproliferative disorders and cardiovascular
or cerebrovascular diseases and disorders, as described in greater
detail below. In particular embodiments the invention is drawn to
methods of preparing antibodies to S1P and its variants which
include S1P itself {defined as sphingosine-1-phosphate
[sphingene-1-phosphate; D-erythro-sphingosine-1-phosphate;
sphing-4-enine-1-phosphate;
(E,2S,3R)-2-amino-3-hydroxy-octadec-4-enoxy]phosphonic acid] (CAS
26993-30-6)}, or DHS1P {defined as dihydro sphingosine-1-phosphate
[sphinganine-1-phosphate;
[(2S,3R)-2-amino-3-hydroxy-octadecoxy]phosphonic acid;
D-Erythro-dihydro-D-sphingosine-1-phosphate] (CAS19794-97-9)}.
Antibodies to SPC {defined as sphingosylphosphoryl choline,
lysosphingomyelin, sphingosylphosphocholine, sphingosine
phosphorylcholine, ethanaminium;
2-((((2-amino-3-hydroxy-4-octadecenyl)oxy)hydroxyphosphinyl)oxy)-N,N,N-tr-
imethyl-, chloride, (R--(R*,S*-(E))),
2-[[(E,2R,3S)-2-amino-3-hydroxy-octadec-4-enoxy]-hydroxy-phosphoryl]oxyet-
hy 1-trimethyl-azanium chloride (CAS10216-23-6)]} may also be
useful.
1. A Preferred Anti-S1P Monoclonal Antibody.
A specific monoclonal anti-S1P antibody (anti-S1P mAb) is
described. This antibody can be used as a therapeutic molecular
sponge to selectively absorb S1P and thereby thus lower the
effective in vivo extracellular concentrations of this
pro-angiogenic, pro-fibrotic and tumor-facilitating factor. This
can result in the reduction of tumor volume and metastatic
potential, as well as the simultaneous blockage of new blood vessel
formation that otherwise can feed the growing tumor. This antibody
(and molecules having an equivalent activity) can also be used to
treat other hyperproliferative disorders impacted by S1P, including
unwanted endothelial cell proliferation, as occurs, for example, in
age-related macular degeneration as well as in many cancers. In
addition, the ability of S1P to protect cells from apoptosis can be
reversed by the agents such as the antibody resulting in an
increase in the efficacy of standard pro-apoptotic chemotherapeutic
drugs.
B. Antibodies to Other Bioactive Signaling Lipids
The methods described herein can be used to prepare monoclonal
antibodies against many additional extracellular and intracellular
bioactive lipids beyond sphingolipids (e.g., SPC, ceramide,
sphingosine, sphinganine, S1P and dihydro-S1P). Other bioactive
lipid classes include the leukotrienes, eicosanoids, eicosanoid
metabolites such as the HETEs, prostaglandins, lipoxins,
epoxyeicosatrienoic acids and isoeicosanoids), non-eicosanoid
cannabinoid mediators, phospholipids and their derivatives such as
phosphatidic acid (PA) and phosphatidylglycerol (PG), cardiolipins,
and lysophospholipids such as lysophosphatidyl choline (LPC) and
lysophosphatidic acid (LPA). In short, this invention can be
adapted for application to any desired extracellular and/or
intracellular signaling bioactive lipid with pleiotropic effects on
important cellular processes. Other examples of bioactive lipids
include phosphatidylinositol (PI), phosphatidylethanolamine (PEA),
diacylglyceride (DG), sulfatides, gangliosides, globosides and
cerebrosides.
C. Conjugates
A monoclonal antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof,
described herein can be used alone in vitro or can be administered
to a subject, in non-derivatized or non-conjugated forms. In other
embodiments, such antibodies, derivatives, and variants can be
derivatized or linked to one or more molecular entities. Other
molecular entities include naturally occurring, recombinant, or
synthetic peptides, polypeptides, and proteins, non-peptide
chemical compounds such as isotopes, small molecule therapeutics,
etc. Preferred small molecules include radiolabels, fluorescent
agents, and small molecule chemotherapeutic agents. Preferred
proteins include growth factors, cytokines, and antibodies
(including identical antibodies and derivatives or variants of such
antibodies). The active ingredients can be linked by any suitable
method, taking into account the active ingredients and the intended
application, among other factors. For example, a monoclonal
antibody of the invention can be functionally linked to another
molecule by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, non-covalent
association, or another suitable approach.
The invention thus envisions conjugates formed between one or more
monoclonal antibodies of the invention, or a variant or derivative
thereof, with another active ingredient. Such conjugates may be
covalent or non-covalent, and may occur via a linker or directly
between the active ingredients. Examples of such conjugates include
one or more monoclonal antibodies of the invention (or an
antigen-binding domain thereof) linked to another therapeutic
monoclonal antibody of the same or different class. Alternatively,
the monoclonal antibody or antibody derivative or variant of the
invention may be linked to a different class of therapeutic agent,
for example, a small molecule chemotherapeutic agent or
radioisotope. In some embodiments, one or more of each of two or
more different therapeutic agents (at least one of which is a
compound of the invention) can be linked through a multivalent
scaffold.
As an alternative to conjugates, a monoclonal antibody or antibody
derivative or variant of the invention may simply be associated
with one or more different therapeutic agents. As an example, a
monoclonal antibody of the invention can be combined with one or
more other types of therapeutic agents in a delivery vehicle, e.g.,
a liposome, micelle, nanoparticle, etc., suitable for
administration to a subject.
The invention also envisions conjugating a monoclonal antibody or
antibody derivative or variant of the invention, for example, one
or more CDRs reactive against a particular target bioactive lipid,
with a protein or polypeptide. As an example, one or more CDRs from
the variable region of a immunoglobulin heavy or light chain can be
grafted into monoclonal antibody.
3. Applications
The invention is drawn to compositions and methods for treating or
preventing hyperproliferative disorders such as cancer, fibrosis
and angiogenesis, and cardiovascular, cardiac, and other diseases,
disorders or physical trauma, and/or cerbrovascular diseases and
disorders, in which therapeutic agents are administered to a
patient that alters the activity or concentration of an
undesirable, toxic and/or bioactive lipids, or precursors or
metabolites thereof. The therapeutic methods and compositions of
the invention act by changing the absolute, relative and/or
available concentration and/or activities of certain undesirable or
toxic lipids. Here, "toxic" refers to a particular lipid's
involvement in a disease process, for example, as a signaling
molecule.
Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is
believed that inappropriate concentrations of lipids such as LPA
and/or their metabolites cause or contribute to the development of
various diseases and disorders, including heart disease,
neuropathic pain, cancer, angiogenesis, inflammation, and
cerebrovascular disease, including stroke-like inner ear
pathologies (see, e.g., Scherer, et al. (2006), Cardiovascular
Research, vol. 70; 79-87). As such, the instant compositions and
methods can be used to treat these diseases and disorders,
particularly by decreasing the effective in vivo concentration of a
particular target lipid, for example, LPA. Several classes of
diseases that may be treated in accordance with the invention are
described below.
A. Hyperproliferative Diseases and Disorders
i. Cancer
One cancer therapy strategy is to reduce the biologically available
extracellular levels of the tumor-promoter, S1P, either alone or in
combination with traditional anti-cancer treatments, including the
administration of chemotherapeutic agents, such as an
anthracycline. To this end, a monoclonal antibody (mAb) has been
developed that is specific for S1P, which can selectively adsorb
S1P from the serum, acting as a molecular sponge to neutralize
extracellular S1P. Since S1P has been shown to be pro-angiogenic,
an added benefit to the antibody's effectiveness can be derived
from the antibody's ability to starve the blood supply of the
growing tumor. Thus, another sphingolipid-based anti-neoplastic
strategy involves combining known activators of CER and SPH
production (doxorubicin and related anthracycline glycosides,
radiation therapy, etc.) coupled with a strategy to reduce S1P
levels.
While sphingolipid-based anti-cancer strategies that target key
enzymes of the sphingolipid metabolic pathway, such as SPHK, have
been proposed, S1P itself has not been emphasized, largely because
of difficulties in attacking this and related targets. As described
herein, a highly specific monoclonal antibody to S1P has been
produced that recognizes S1P in the physiological range and is
capable of neutralizing S1P by molecular combination. Use of this
antibody (and its derivatives) will deprive growing tumor cells of
an important growth and survival factor. Moreover, use of such an
antibody-based cancer therapy could also be effective when used in
combination with conventional cancer treatments, such as surgery,
radiation therapy, and/or the administration of cytotoxic
anti-cancer agents. Examples of cytotoxic agents include, for
example, the anthracycline family of drugs, the vinca alkaloids,
the mitomycins, the bleomycins, the cytotoxic nucleosides, the
taxanes, the epothilones, discodermolide, the pteridine family of
drugs, diynenes and the podophyllotoxins. Members of those classes
include, for example, doxorubicin, caminomycin, daunorubicin,
aminopterin, methotrexate, methopterin, dichloromethotrexate,
mitomycin C, porfiromycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine,
gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside, podophyllotoxin or
podophyllotoxin derivatives, such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate
or teniposide, melphalan, vinblastine, vincristine, leurosidine,
vindesine, leurosine, paclitaxel and the like. Other antineoplastic
agents include estramustine, cisplatin, carboplatin,
cyclophosphamide, bleomycin, gemcitibine, ifosamide, melphalan,
hexamethyl melamine, thiotepa, cytarabin, idatrexate, trimetrexate,
dacarbazine, L-asparaginase, camptothecin, CPT-11, topotecan,
ara-C, bicalutamide, flutamide, leuprolide, pyridobenzoindole
derivatives, interferons and interleukins. Other cytotoxic drugs
are well known in the art. An antibody-based combination therapy
may improve the efficacy of chemotherapeutic agents by sensitizing
cells to apoptosis while minimizing their toxic side effects,
although administration of the antibody alone may also have
efficacy in delaying the progression of disease. Indeed, the
ability of the anti-S1P mAb to retard tumor progression in mouse
models of human cancer and in allograft mouse models demonstrates
the utility of anti-S1P antibody approaches in treating both human
and animal tumors. Moreover, the discovery that several human
cancers types (e.g., ovarian, breast, lung, and melanoma) can be
treated in xenograft models demonstrates that the anti-S1P antibody
approaches are not limited to one cancer cell or tissue type.
LPA mediates multiple cellular responses including cell
proliferation, differentiation, angiogenesis and motility. A large
body of experimental findings suggests that extracellular LPA plays
a key role in the progression of several types of human cancer by
stimulating tumor cell proliferation, survival, invasion and by
inducing angiogenesis and metastasis. In addition, LPA protects a
variety of tumor cell types from apoptosis. LPA has long been
associated with ovarian and breast cancer [Fang, X., et al., (2002)
Biochim Biophys Acta, 1582: 257-64]; elevated levels of LPA have
been found in both blood and ascites of patients and have been
correlated with tumor progression, angiogenesis and metastatic
potential. Furthermore, autotoxin (ATX), the enzyme primarily
responsible for LPA production, has been correlated with the
metastatic and invasive properties of human tumors including
melanoma, lung cancer, neuroblastoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, and
glioblastoma multiforme. Thus LPA is recognized to be an innovative
and promising target for cancer therapy [Mills, G. B. and W. H.
Moolenaar (2003) Nat Rev Cancer, 3: 582-91].
It is believed that neutralizing LPA with anti-LPA antibody (such
as that disclosed herein) will be a novel anti-angiogenic and
anti-metastatic therapeutic approach in the treatment of cancer.
Monoclonal antibodies against LPA are believed to act as a "sponge"
to selectively bind LPA and thereby lower the effective in vivo
extracellular levels of LPA. This is believed to result in the
reduction of tumorigenesis and tumor growth as well as the
simultaneous blockage of blood vessel formation and the metastatic
potential. In addition, the ability of LPA to protect cells from
apoptosis is likely to be lost as a result of antibody
neutralization, thus increasing the efficacy of standard
pro-apoptotic chemotherapeutic drugs.
ii. Angiogenesis
Angiogenesis is the process by which new blood vessels are formed
from existing blood vessels. The angiogenesis associated with solid
and circulating tumors is now considered to be a crucial component
of tumorigenesis, as today the view that tumor growth is dependent
upon neovascularization is scientifically well accepted. Both S1P
and LPA appear important to the angiogenic process.
LPA is the primary regulator of GRO.alpha., an oncogene believed to
contribute to tumorigenesis through its pro-angiogenic effect (Lee,
et al (2006), Cancer Res, vol. 66: 2740-8). LPA also enhances
expression of matrix metalloproteinase-2, a recognized player in
the cell migration underlying the angiogenic process (Wu, et al.
(2005), Endocrinology, vol. 146: 3387-3400).
S1P stimulates DNA synthesis and chemotactic motility of human
venous endothelial cells (HUVECs), while inducing differentiation
of multicellular structures essential early blood vessel formation.
S1P also promotes the migration of bone marrow-derived endothelial
cell precursors to neovascularization sites, and cells that
over-express S1P receptors are resistant the anti-angiogenic
agents, thalidomide and Neovastat. Thus, S1P, and particularly S1
receptors, are required for angiogenesis and neovascularization.
Finally, cross-talk occurs between S1P and other pro-angiogenic
growth factors such as VEGF, EGF, PDGF, bFGF, and IL-8. For
example, S1P transactivates EGF and VEGF2 receptors, and VEGF
up-regulates S1P receptor expression (Igarashi, et al. (2003), PNAS
(USA), vol. 100: 10664-10669).
As will be appreciated, clinical control of angiogenesis is a
critical component for the treatment of cancer and other
angiogenesis-dependent diseases such as age-related macular
degeneration (AMD) and endometriosis. Anti-angiogenic therapeutics
are also particularly attractive because the vascular endothelial
cells that are involved in tumor angiogenesis do not mutate as
easily as do cancer cells; consequently, vascular endothelial cells
are less likely than cancer cells to gain resistance to prolonged
therapy, making them useful therapeutic targets.
There are several lines of evidence suggesting that S1P is a
potentially significant pro-angiogenic growth factor that may be
important in tumor angiogenesis, including that: anti-S1P
antibodies can neutralize S1P-induced tube formation, migration of
vascular endothelial cells, and protection from cell death in
various in vitro assays using HUVECs; injection of breast
adenocarcinoma MCF-7 cells expressing elevated S1P levels into
mammary fat pads of nude mice results in an increase of
angiogenesis-dependent tumors that are both larger and more
numerous than when control cells are used; anti-S1P antibodies can
dramatically reduce tumor-associated angiogenesis in an orthotopic
murine melanoma allograft model; S1P increases new capillary growth
into Matrigel plugs implanted in mice, an effect that can be
neutralized by the systemic administration of anti-S1P antibodies;
in vivo administration of anti-S1P antibodies can completely
neutralize pro-angiogenic growth factor-induced angiogenesis (e.g.,
by bFGF and VEGF) in murine Matrigel plug assays; S1P stimulates
the release of bFGF and VEGF from tumor cells in vitro and in vivo,
an effect that can be reversed by anti-S1P antibodies; S1P enhances
in vitro motility and invasion of a large number of different types
of cancer cells, including glioblastoma multiforme cells; and
anti-S1P antibodies significantly reduce the neovascularization
associated with animal models of AMD.
The importance of S1P in the angiogenic-dependent tumors makes S1P
an excellent target for cancer treatment. Indeed, antibody
neutralization of extracellular S1P may result in a marked decrease
in cancer progression in mammals, including humans, as a result of
inhibition of blood vessel formation with concomitant loss of the
nutrients and oxygen needed to support tumor growth. Thus, anti-S1P
antibodies have several mechanisms of action, including: (1) direct
effects on tumor cell growth; (2) indirect anti-angiogenic effects
on vascular endothelial cells; and (3) the indirect anti-angiogenic
effects that prevent the release and action of other pro-angiogenic
growth factors. Accordingly, anti-S1P antibodies can also serve as
anti-metastatic therapeutics, in addition to providing
anti-angiogenic therapy.
Control of angiogenesis is a critical component for the treatment
of other angiogenesis-dependent diseases besides cancer, such as
age-related macular degeneration, retinopathy of prematurity,
diabetic retinopathy, endometriosis, and rheumatoid arthritis
(Carmeliet, P. (2005), Nature, vol. Vol. 438(15): 932-6).
Anti-angiogenic therapeutics are also particularly attractive
because the vascular endothelial cells that are involved in tumor
angiogenesis do not mutate as easily as do cancer cells;
consequently, vascular endothelial cells are less likely than
cancer cells to gain resistance to prolonged therapy, making them
useful therapeutic targets. S1P antibodies, and derivatives
thereof, will also be useful in treating other hyperproliferative
disorders associated with S1P activity, such as those cause by
aberrant endothelial cell proliferation, as occurs with the
angiogenesis associated with AMD.
iii. Fibrogenesis and Scarring
(a) S1P, Fibroblasts, and the Remodeling Process
It is clear that cardiac fibroblasts, particularly myofibroblasts,
are key cellular elements in scar formation in response to the cell
death and inflammation of a myocardial infarction (MI).
Myofibroblast collagen gene expression is a hallmark of remodeling
and necessary for scar formation. In addition to its other
activities, S1P is also an inflammatory mediator that makes
profound contributions to wound healing by activating fibroblast
migration and proliferation, in addition to activating platelets,
stimulating angiogenesis, and promoting smooth muscle function.
Thus, S1P, perhaps produced locally by injured myocardium, could,
in part, be responsible for the maladaptive wound healing
associated with cardiac remodeling and failure, particularly by
activating myofibroblasts in the heart.
There are three general responses of cells to S1P: protection from
cell death; stimulation of proliferation; and the promotion of
migratory responses. Accordingly, S1P activity or involvement with
a particular disorder, cell line, etc. can be assessed by adapting
assays of this sort for this purpose. There is evidence that
fibroblasts respond to S1P in all three ways to promote wound
healing. For instance, in several of the examples in the Example
section below, evidence is presented that demonstrates that S1P
contributes to remodeling by promoting cardiac myofibroblast
activity (proliferation, migration, and collagen gene
expression).
Anti-S1P antibodies or antibody derivatives will also prevent
excess scarring associated with surgical procedures. Excess
scarring post injury or surgery, a problem in adult but not fetal
skin tissue (Adzick and Lorenz (1994), Ann Surg, vol. 220: 10-18),
is attributed to excess TGF-.beta. in adult skin tissue post
injury. S1P has been implicated as a potent activator the
TGF-.beta. signaling system. Accordingly, an antiS1P antibody would
be expected to limit excess scarring post injury or surgery.
(b) Protection from Cell Death by LPA and S1P
LPA is an agent that protects cancer cells from apoptosis. Thus, as
discussed in detail above, an antibody to LPA, for example, will
make cancer cells more susceptible to chemotherapy. This has, in
fact, been demonstrated in the examples hereinbelow, using newly
developed anti-LPA monoclonal antibodies.
As is the case for many cell types, fibroblasts are directly
protected from apoptosis by addition of S1P, and apoptosis is
enhanced by inhibitors of SPHK, and S1P blocks cytochrome C release
and the resultant caspase activation. Further, fibroblasts
transfected with SPHK1 exhibit protection from apoptosis, an effect
that may depend upon translocation of SPHK1 to the plasma membrane.
It is well-established that SPHK1 up-regulates Akt, thereby
regulating Bcl-2 family members and protecting from apoptosis.
Also, S1P.sub.3 is required for Akt phosphorylation in mouse
embryonic fibroblasts (MEFs). Also, up-regulation of SPHK and
resulting increases in S1P levels protect cardiofibroblasts from
apoptosis.
Ceramide, an upstream metabolite of S1P, decreases mitochondrial
membrane potential coincident with increasing the transcription of
death inducing mitochondrial proteins. Because of the rheostat
mechanism, S1P may have the opposite effect and protect cardiac
myofibroblasts (i.e., fully differentiated fibroblasts in the
heart) from apoptosis. Indeed, S1P may even activate autophagy as a
protection mechanism. These effects could be reversed by the
neutralizing anti-S1P antibodies (or other molecules that bind and
act to sequester S1P).
B. Pain
Bioactive lipids are believed to play important roles in the
pathogenesis of pain, including neuropathic pain and pain
associated with chemotherapy.
The significant role of LPA signaling in the development of
neuropathic pain was established using various pharmacological and
genetic approaches, including the use of mice lacking the LPA1
receptor (see. e.g., Ueda, et al. (2006), Pharmacol Ther, vol. 109:
57-77; Inoue, et al. (2004), Nat. Med., vol. 10: 712-8). Wild-type
animals with nerve injury develop behavioral allodynia and
hyperalgesia paralleled by demyelination in the dorsal root and
increased expression of both the protein kinase C isoform within
the spinal cord dorsal horn and the 21 calcium channel subunit in
dorsal root ganglia. Intrathecal injection of LPA induced
behavioral, morphological and biochemical changes similar to those
observed after nerve ligation. In contrast, mice lacking a single
LPA receptor (LPA-1, also known as EDG-2) that activates the
Rho-Rho kinase pathway do not develop signs of neuropathic pain
after peripheral nerve injury. Inhibitors of Rho and Rho kinase
also prevented these signs of neuropathic pain. These results imply
that receptor-mediated LPA signaling is crucial in the initiation
of neuropathic pain and that an antibody to LPA would likely
alleviate neuropathic pain in individuals suffering this condition
[Moulin, D E (2006), Pain Res Manag, vol. 11, Suppl A: 30A-6A].
In the context of other pain, that associated with chemotherapy is
a major dose limiting toxicity of many small molecule
chemotherapeutic agents. Indeed, many cases of chemotherapy-induced
pain have been reported. For instance, Paclitaxel (Taxol), an
anti-neoplastic agent derived from the Pacific yew tree Taxus
brevifolia), is used to treat a variety of cancers, including
ovarian, breast, and non-small cell lung cancer. Paclitaxel's
effectiveness, however, is limited by the highly incidental
development of severe painful peripheral neuropathy such as
numbness and burning pain. A monoclonal antibody against a
bioactive lipid correlated with such pain, for example, LPA (or a
derivative of such an antibody that contains a lipid-binding
portion thereof), could be administered in combination with
Paclitaxel in order to reduce the pain associated with the
chemotherapeutic agent. As a result of ameliorating this
dose-limiting toxicity, the amount of Paclitaxel to be administered
could be even higher (and thus even more effective) when used in
combination with such a monoclonal antibody or antibody derivative.
In some embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent (or other drug)
could be conjugated to or otherwise associated with the antibody or
antibody derivative, for example, by covalently linking the small
molecule chemotherapeutic agent to the antibody, by linking the
small molecule chemotherapeutic to a multivalent scaffold to which
is also linked a monoclonal antibody or at least one bioactive
lipid binding domain derived from a monoclonal antibody
specifically reactive against the target bioactive lipid, etc.
C. Cardiovascular Diseases and Disorders
Ischemic heart disease is the leading cause of death in the U.S.
Each year approximately 1.5 million people suffer heart attacks
(myocardial infarctions), of which about one-third (i.e., about
500,000) are fatal. In addition, about 6.75 million Americans
suffer from angina pectoris, the most common manifestation of
cardiac ischemia. In total, there are more than 13 million patients
living with ischemic heart disease in the U.S. alone. "Ischemia" is
a condition associated with an inadequate flow of oxygenated blood
to a part of the body, typically caused by the constriction or
blockage of the blood vessels supplying it. Ischemia occurs any
time that blood flow to a tissue is reduced below a critical level.
This reduction in blood flow can result from: (i) the blockage of a
vessel by an embolus (blood clot); (ii) the blockage of a vessel
due to atherosclerosis; (iii) the breakage of a blood vessel (a
bleeding stroke); (iv) the blockage of a blood vessel due to acute
vasoconstriction; (v) a myocardial infarction (when the heart
stops, the flow of blood to organs is reduced, and ischemia
results); (vi) trauma; (vii) surgery, during which blood flow to a
tissue or organ needs to be reduced or stopped to achieve the aims
of surgery (e.g., angioplasty, heart and lung/heart transplants);
(viii) exposure to certain agents, e.g., dobutamine or adenosine
(Lagerqvist, et al. (1992), Br. Heart J., vol. 68:282-285); or (ix)
anti-neoplastic and other chemotherapeutic agents, such as
doxorubicin, that are cardiotoxic.
Even if the flow rate (volume/time) of blood is adequate, ischemia
may nonetheless occur due to hypoxia, i.e., a condition in which
the oxygen content of blood is insufficient to satisfy normal
cellular oxygen requirements of the affected area(s). Hypoxic blood
is, by definition, distinct from normoxic blood, i.e., blood in
which the oxygen content is sufficient to satisfy normal cellular
oxygen requirements. Hypoxic conditions may result from, but are
not limited to, forms of heart failure that adversely affect
cardiac pumping such as hypertension, arrhythmias, septic shock,
trauma, cardiomyopathies, and congestive heart disease.
Myocardial ischemic disorders occur when cardiac blood flow is
restricted (ischemia) and/or when oxygen supply to the heart muscle
is compromised (hypoxia) such that the heart's demand for oxygen is
not met by the supply. Coronary artery disease (CAD) arising from
arteriosclerosis, particularly atherosclerosis, is the most common
cause of ischemia, and has symptoms such as stable or unstable
angina pectoris. CAD can lead to acute myocardial infarctions (AMI)
and sudden cardiac death. The spectrum of ischemic conditions that
results in heart failure is referred to as Acute Coronary Syndrome
(ACS). Reperfusion injury is often a consequence of ischemia, in
particular when anti-coagulants, thrombolytic agents, or
anti-anginal medications are used or when the cardiac vasculature
is surgically opened by angioplasty or by coronary artery
grafting.
Presently, treatments for acute myocardial infarction and other
cardiac diseases include, but are not limited, to mechanical
devices and associated procedures therewith, e.g., coronary
angioplasty; thrombolytic agents such as streptokinase, tPA, and
derivatives thereof. Adjuvants to these therapies include
beta-blockers, aspirin and heparin, and glycoprotein (GP) IIb/IIIa
inhibitors. GP IIb/IIIa inhibitors decrease platelet aggregation
and thrombus formation. Examples include monoclonal antibodies
(e.g., abciximab), cyclic peptides (e.g., eptifibatide), and
nonpeptide peptidomimetics (e.g., tirofibian, lamifiban,
xemilofiban, sibrafiban, and lefradafibian).
Preventive treatments include those that reduce a patient's
cholesterol levels by, e.g., diet management and pharmacological
intervention. Statins are one type of agent used to reduce
cholesterol levels. Statins are believed to act by inhibiting the
activity of HMG-CoA reductase, which in turn increases the hepatic
production of cholesterol receptors. Hepatic cholesterol receptors
bind cholesterol and remove it from blood. Such agents include
lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, and fluvastatin. These and
other statins slow the progression of coronary artery disease, and
may induce regression of atherosclerotic lesions in patients,
although the range of side effects from the use of such drugs is
not fully understood.
As will be appreciated, monoclonal antibodies and derivatives, and
other fragments and variants reactive against a bioactive lipid may
be used to effect cardiac therapy, alone or in combination with
other therapeutic approaches, including treatment with drugs and/or
surgery. Here, "cardiac therapy" refers to the prevention and/or
treatment of myocardial diseases, disorders, or physical trauma,
including myocardial ischemia, AMI, CAD, and ACS, as well as trauma
or cardiac cell and tissue damage that may occur during or as a
consequence of interventional cardiology or other surgical or
medical procedures or therapies that may cause ischemic or
ischemic/reperfusion damage in mammals, particularly humans.
Besides the heart and brain, an anti-S1P approach can also be
applied to other vascular-based, stroke-like conditions such as
various inner ear pathologies (Scherer, et al. (2006), Cardiovasc
Res, vol. 70:79-87).
D. Cerebrovascular Diseases and Disorders
Patients experiencing cerebral ischemia often suffer from
disabilities ranging from transient neurological deficit to
irreversible damage (stroke) or death. Cerebral ischemia, i.e.,
reduction or cessation of blood flow to the central nervous system,
can be characterized as either focal or global. Focal cerebral
ischemia refers to cessation or reduction of blood flow within the
cerebral vasculature resulting from a partial or complete occlusion
in the intracranial or extracranial cerebral arteries. Such
occlusion typically results in stroke, a syndrome characterized by
the acute onset of a neurological deficit that persists for at
least 24 hours, reflecting focal involvement of the central nervous
system and is the result of a disturbance of the cerebral
circulation. Other causes of focal cerebral ischemia include
vasospasm due to subarachnoid hemorrhage or iatrogenic
intervention.
Global cerebral ischemia refers to reduction of blood flow within
the cerebral vasculature resulting from systemic circulatory
failure, which promptly leads to a reduction in oxygen and
nutrients to tissues. Thus, global cerebral ischemia results from
severe depression of cardiac performance, and is most frequently
caused by AMI, although bother causes include pump failure
resulting from acute myocarditis or depression of myocardial
contractility following cardiac arrest or prolonged cardiopulmonary
bypass; mechanical abnormalities, such as severe valvular stenosis,
massive aortic or mitral regurgitation, and acutely acquired
ventricular septal defects; as well as from cardiac arrhythmia,
such as ventricular fibrillation, or from interventional
procedures, such as carotid angioplasty, stenting, endarterectomy,
cardiac catheterization, electrophysiologic studies, and
angioplasty.
Ischemic injury post stroke and/or MI typically leads to cell death
by depolarization of critical cells with resulting rise in
intracellular Na.sup.+ and Ca.sup.++ followed by cell death. One
channel controlling this process is the Transient Receptor
Potential Protein, a non-voltage dependent channel and recently S1P
was identified as an activator of this channel through a
GPCR-dependent mechanism. In addition, Transient Receptor Potential
Protein, sphingosine kinase 1 and sphingokinase 2 share promoter
regions with Egr-1, an important master switch believed to regulate
cardiovascular pathobiology (Khachigian, L M (2006), Circ Res, vol.
98: 186-91) and Sp1, a transcription factor that plays a critical
role in the death of neural cells (Simard, et al. (2006), Nat Med.,
vol. 12: 433-40). Based on these findings, an antibody to S1P would
be expected to mitigate cell death caused by ischemia post
hypoxia.
Those skilled in the art are easily able to identify patients
having a stroke or at risk of having a stroke, cerebral ischemia,
head trauma, or epilepsy. For example, patients who are at risk of
having a stroke include those having hypertension or undergoing
major surgery. Traditionally, emergent management of acute ischemic
stroke consists of mainly general supportive care, e.g. hydration,
monitoring neurological status, blood pressure control, and/or
anti-platelet or anti-coagulation therapy. Heparin has been
administered to stroke patients with limited and inconsistent
effectiveness. In some circumstances, the ischemia resolves itself
over a period of time due to the fact that some thrombi get
absorbed into the circulation, or fragment and travel distally over
a period of a few days. Tissue plasminogen activator (t-PA) or has
been approved for treating acute stroke, although such systemic
treatment has been associated with increased risk of intracerebral
hemorrhage and other hemorrhagic complications. Aside from the
administration of thrombolytic agents and heparin, there are no
therapeutic options currently on the market for patients suffering
from occlusion focal cerebral ischemia. Vasospasm may be partially
responsive to vasodilating agents. The newly developing field of
neurovascular surgery, which involves placing minimally invasive
devices within the carotid arteries to physically remove the
offending lesion, may provide a therapeutic option for these
patients in the future, although this kind of manipulation may lead
to vasospasm itself.
As will be appreciated, antibodies, antibody-derivatives, and other
immune-derived moiety reactive against a bioactive lipid may be
used to effect cerebrovascular therapy, alone or in combination
with other therapeutic approaches, including treatment with drugs
and/or surgery. Here, "cerebrovascular therapy" refers to therapy
directed to the prevention and/or treatment of diseases and
disorders associated with cerebral ischemia and/or hypoxia. Of
particular interest is cerebral ischemia and/or hypoxia resulting
from global ischemia resulting from a heart disease, as well as
trauma or surgical or medical procedures or therapies that may
cause ischemic or ischemic/reperfusion cerebrovascular damage in
mammals, particularly humans.
E. Diagnostic and Theranostic Applications for Antibodies that Bind
Bioactive Lipids
As the role of various bioactive lipids in disease is elucidated,
new roles for antibody binders of bioactive lipids in diagnostics
and theranostics may also be envisioned. According to the instant
invention, methods are provided for enhanced detection of bioactive
lipids using derivatized lipids bound to a solid support. In
addition to use of these detection methods in antibody production
and characterization and in research, enhanced detection of
bioactive lipids may also provide a valuable diagnostic approach
for diseases associated with bioactive lipids. When combined with
other techniques, a theranostic approach for designing optimal
patient treatment is provided. One nonlimiting example is use of
anti-S1P antibodies in diagnostic and theranostic methods relating
to the role of S1P as a biomarker for cancer. Diagnostic and
theranostic methods using antibodies targeted to LPA or other
bioactive lipids, and for other disease indications, are also
envisioned.
Recently, scientific literature has suggested that S1P is a potent
tumorigenic growth factor that is likely released from tumor cells,
and that S1P may be a novel biomarker for early-stage cancer
detection. SPHK, the enzyme which is responsible for the production
of S1P, is significantly up-regulated in a variety of cancer types
(French, Schrecengost et al. 2003). SPHK activity is up-regulated
2-3 fold in malignant breast, colon, lung, ovarian, stomach,
uterine, kidney and rectal cancer when compared to adjacent normal
tissue. These workers also showed that SPHK expression varies from
patient to patient, suggesting that the tumors of some patients
might be more dependent on S1P than those of other patients with
the same tumor type. Searching commercially available genomics
database (ASCENTA, Genelogic Inc., Gaithersburg Md.) confirms that
the relative expression of SPHK is, in general, significantly
elevated in a wide variety of malignant tumors.
Recent publications have also suggested that S1P may be a novel
cancer biomarker [Xu, Y. et al., (1998) JAMA 280: 719-723; Shen, Z.
et al., (2001) Gynecol Oncol 83: 25-30; Xiao, Y. J. et al., (2001)
Anal Biochem 290(2): 302-13; Sutphen (2004) Cancer Epidemiology
13(7) 1185-91]. For example, Sutphen et al, have shown that serum
S1P levels are elevated in early-stage ovarian cancer patients
(Sutphen 2004). One might predict from the data that breast cancer
patients might also demonstrate some variability in their
dependence on S1P. Taken together, these preliminary observations
suggest that the success of an anti-S1P therapeutic, e.g., an
anti-S1P mAb therapeutic, might be predicted for an individual
patient if that patient's biopsy tissue, blood, urine or other
tissue or fluid sample show elevated S1P levels.
The potential use of S1P in biological fluids has been disclosed in
the following patents, all of which are commonly assigned with the
instant application. U.S. Pat. No. 6,534,323, U.S. Pat. No.
6,534,322; U.S. Pat. No. 6,210,976; U.S. Pat. No. 6,858,383; U.S.
Pat. No. 6,881,546; U.S. Pat. No. 7,169,390 and U.S. Pat. No.
6,500,633.
Even though humanized antibodies have low toxicity and large
therapeutic indices, they are quite costly to the patient and to
health care providers. Thus directing utility of the anti-S1P mAb
therapeutic to those who would most likely respond to this
treatment would lower risks and minimize costs, while providing
optimum patient benefit.
Outlined below are a few proposed applications of biolipid
diagnostics and theranostics for improved disease management.
1. S1P may be used as a biomarker to predict individual patient
therapeutic efficacy especially when combined with
sphingolipid-based genomics. Based on recent findings, we would
predict that S1P dependent tumors may produce their own S1P in
addition to the abundant serum source of S1P. Highly aggressive
tumors utilize a strategy of producing their own growth factors,
and we suggest that S1P is one of the growth factors. Therefore,
serum, plasma or urine measurements of total S1P from individual
patients would be one predictor of patient outcome. Moreover, S1P
production would be concentrated in the tumor itself and in the
tumor microenvironment (e.g, interstitial fluid). Example 11
hereinbelow describes the use of an anti-S1P mAb in an
immunohistochemical method of a tumor section to assess S1P
production by the tumor itself. Up-regulation of SPHK may prove
useful, but since the kinase is an enzyme, it is believed that the
signal as measured by S1P production will be much higher than if
one relied on RNA or protein expression of the kinase itself. In
addition, it is hypothesized that patients whose tumors have an
up-regulation of S1P-receptors and SPHK expression are more likely
to have tumors that rely on S1P as a growth factor. It is believed
that these patients would benefit most from our putative anti-S1P
mAb therapy. Therefore, bioassays from biopsy tissue analyzed by
quantitative-PCR for the relative expression of S1P receptors and
SPHK would provide a strong theranostic platform. This theranostic
platform would consist of serum S1P marker analysis in combination
with the genomic or proteomic quantification of S1P-related protein
markers as surrogate markers of disease. This novel multi-marker
analysis would provide a very strong platform for prediction of
individual responsiveness to an anti-S1P mAb (SPHINGOMAB.TM.)-based
therapy.
2. S1P may be used as a surrogate marker to titrate therapeutic
regimen. The concentration of serum S1P from patients being treated
with the anti-S1P mAb has the potential to be used as a surrogate
marker for evaluating the course of treatment. An ELISA-based
platform using patient serum, plasma or urine samples will allow
for the accurate measurement of the S1P biomarker levels and to
determine more precisely the anti-S1P mAb dosing regimen for
individuals. Surrogate marker levels could be used in combination
with the standard clinical endpoints to determine efficacy of the
medical regimen.
3. S1P may be used as a screening tool for the early detection of
cancer. The early detection of cancer is of concern due to the
strong correspondence of stage of progression and success of
therapy. Stage I of ovarian cancer is very difficult to detect due
to the fact that majority of patients are asymptomatic. By the time
ovarian cancer is diagnosed, most patients are in the later stages
of the disease. Detection at an earlier stage has obvious benefits
to patient outcome. As described above, ovarian cancer patient
serum contains a 2-fold elevation of S1P, and this elevation is
easily detectable with our current ELISA platform. Since many solid
tumor types, including ovarian cancer, exhibit elevated SPHK
expression, it is presumed that many of the patients with these
cancers would display elevated blood and/or urine S1P that could
allow the clinician to intervene earlier in disease
progression.
Derivatized bioactive lipids described herein can also be used to
detect the level of antibodies in a fluid or tissue sample of a
patient. Without being limited by the following, such immunoassays
that detect the presence of anti-sphingolipid antibodies in blood
and can be used to indirectly test for increased sphingolipids in
patients with chronic ischemic conditions, cancer or autoimmune
disorders such as multiple sclerosis. This assay is based on the
assumption that patients produce anti-sphingolipid antibodies as a
consequence of elevated blood levels of sphingolipids by analogy to
the anti-lactosylsphingosine antibodies observed in patients with
colorectal cancer (Jozwiak W. & J. Koscielak, Eur. J. Cancer
Clin. Oncol. 18:617-621, 1982) and the anti-galactocerebroside
antibodies detected in the sera of leprosy patients (Vemuri N. et
al., Leprosy Rev. 67:95-103, 1996).
F. Research
The bioactive signaling lipid targets of the invention are readily
adaptable for use in high-throughput screening assays for screening
candidate compounds to identify those which have a desired
activity, e.g., inhibiting an enzyme that catalyzes a reaction that
produces an undesirable bioactive signaling lipid, or blocking the
binding of a bioactive signaling lipid to a receptor therefore. The
compounds thus identified can serve as conventional "lead
compounds" or can themselves be used as therapeutic agents. The
methods of screening of the invention comprise using screening
assays to identify, from a library of diverse molecules, one or
more compounds having a desired activity. A "screening assay" is a
selective assay designed to identify, isolate, and/or determine the
structure of, compounds within a collection that have a
pre-selected activity. The collection can be a traditional
combinatorial libraries are prepared according to methods known in
the art, or may be purchased commercially and may be a wide-range
of organic structures or structures pre-selected for potential
bioactive signaling activity. By "identifying" it is meant that a
compound having a desirable activity is isolated, its chemical
structure is determined (including without limitation determining
the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of nucleic acids and
polypeptides, respectively) the structure of, and, additionally or
alternatively, purifying compounds having the screened activity.
Biochemical and biological assays are designed to test for activity
in a broad range of systems ranging from protein-protein
interactions, enzyme catalysis, small molecule-protein binding, to
cellular functions. Such assays include automated, semi-automated
assays and high throughput screening assays.
EXAMPLES
The invention will be further described by reference to the
following detailed examples. These Examples are in no way to be
considered to limit the scope of the invention in any manner.
Example 1
Synthetic Scheme for Making a Representative Thiolated Analog of
S1P
The synthetic approach described in this example results in the
preparation of an antigen by serial addition of structural elements
using primarily conventional organic chemistry. A scheme for the
approach described in this example is provided in FIG. 1, and the
compound numbers in the synthetic description below refer to the
numbered structures in FIG. 1.
This synthetic approach began with the commercially available
15-hydroxyl pentadecyne, 1, and activation by methyl sulphonyl
chloride of the 15-hydroxy group to facilitate hydroxyl
substitution to produce the sulphonate, 2. Substitution of the
sulphonate with t-butyl thiol yielded the protected thioether, 3,
which was condensed with Garner's aldehyde to produce 4. Gentle
reduction of the alkyne moiety to an alkene (5), followed by acid
catalyzed opening of the oxazolidene ring yielded S-protected and
N-protected thiol substituted sphingosine, 6. During this last
step, re-derivatization with di-t-butyl dicarbonate was employed to
mitigate loss of the N--BOC group during the acid-catalyzed ring
opening.
As will be appreciated, compound 6 can itself be used as an antigen
for preparing haptens to raise antibodies to sphingosine, or,
alternatively, as starting material for two different synthetic
approaches to prepare a thiolated S1P analog. In one approach,
compound 6 phosphorylation with trimethyl phosphate produced
compound 7. Treatment of compound 7 with trimethylsilyl bromide
removed both methyl groups from the phosphate and the
t-butyloxycarbonyl group from the primary amine, leaving compound 8
with the t-butyl group on the sulfur as the only protecting group.
To remove this group, the t-butyl group was displaced by NBS to
form the disulfide, 9, which was then reduced to form the thiolated
S1P analog, 10.
Another approach involved treating compound 6 directly with NBSCl
to form the disulfide, 11, which was then reduced to form the
N-protected thiolated S1P analog, 12. Treatment of this compound
with mild acid yielded the thiolated sphingosine analog, 13, which
can be phosphorylated enzymatically with, e.g., sphingosine kinase,
to yield the thiolated S1P analog, 10.
Modifications of the presented synthetic approach are possible,
particularly with regard to the selection of protecting and
de-protecting reagents, e.g., the use of trimethyl disulfide
triflate described in Example 3 to de-protect the thiol.
Compound 2.
DCM (400 mL) was added to a 500 mL RB flask charged with 1 (10.3 g,
45.89 mmol), and the resulting solution cooled to 0.degree. C.
Next, TEA (8.34 g, 82.60 mmol, 9.5 mL) was added all at once
followed by MsCl (7.88 g, 68.84 mmol, 5.3 mL) added drop wise over
10 min. The reaction was allowed to stir at RT for 0.5 h or until
the disappearance of starting material (R.sub.f=0.65, 5:1
hexanes:EtOAc). The reaction was quenched with NH.sub.4Cl (300 mL)
and extracted (2.times.200 mL) DCM. The organic layers were dried
over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and the filtrate evaporated to a solid
(13.86 g, 99.8% yield). .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 4.20 (t,
J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.59 (td, J=7 Hz, 3 Hz, 2H), 1.917 (t,
J=3 Hz, 1H), 1.72 (quintet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.505 (quintet, J=7.5
Hz, 2H), 1.37 (br s, 4H), 1.27 (br s, 14H). .sup.13C{.sup.1H} NMR
(CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 85.45, 70.90, 68.72, 46.69, 38.04, 30.22,
30.15, 30.14, 30.07, 29.81, 29.76, 29.69, 29.42, 29.17, 26.09,
19.06, 9.31. The principal ion observed in a HRMS analysis (ES-TOF)
of compound 2 was m/z=325.1804 (calculated for
C.sub.16H.sub.30O.sub.3S: M+Na.sup.+ 325.1808).
Compound 3.
A three-neck 1 IL RB flask was charged with t-butylthiol (4.54 g,
50.40 mmol) and THF (200 mL) and then placed into an ice bath.
n-BuLi (31.5 mL of 1.6 M in hexanes) was added over 30 min. Next,
compound 2 (13.86 g, 45.82 mmol), dissolved in THF (100 mL), was
added over 2 min. The reaction is allowed to stir for 1 hour or
until starting material disappeared (R.sub.f=0.7, 1:1
hexanes/EtOAc). The reaction was quenched with saturated NH.sub.4Cl
(500 mL) and extracted with EtO.sub.2 (2.times.250 mL), dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and the filtrate evaporated to yield a yellow
oil (11.67 g, 86% yield). .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 2.52 (t,
J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (td, J=7 Hz, 2.5 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (t, J=2.5 Hz,
1H), 1.55 (quintet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.51 (quintet, J=7 Hz, 2H), 1.38
(br s, 4H), 1.33 (s, 9H), 1.26 (s, 14H). .sup.13C{.sup.1H} NMR
(CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 85.42, 68.71, 68.67, 54.07, 42.37, 31.68,
30.58, 30.28, 30.26, 30.19, 30.17, 29.98, 29.78, 29.44, 29.19,
29.02, 19.08.
Compound 4.
A 250 mL Schlenk flask charged with compound 3 (5.0 g, 16.85 mmol)
was evacuated and filled with nitrogen three times before dry THF
(150 mL) was added. The resulting solution cooled to -78.degree. C.
Next, n-BuLi (10.5 mL of 1.6M in hexanes) was added over 2 min. and
the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 min. at -78.degree. C.
before the cooling bath was removed for 20 min. The dry ice bath
was returned. After 15 min., Garner's aldehyde (3.36 g, 14.65 mmol)
in dry THF (10 mL) was then added over 5 min. After 20 min., the
cooling bath was removed. Thin layer chromatography (TLC) after 2.7
hr. showed that the Garner's aldehyde was gone. The reaction was
quenched with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (300 mL) and extracted
with Et.sub.2O (2.times.250 mL). The combined Et.sub.2O phases were
dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and the filtrate evaporated
to give crude compound 4 and its syn diastereomer (not shown in
FIG. 1) as a yellow oil (9.06 g). This material was then used in
the next step without further purification.
Compound 5.
To reduce the triple bond in compound 4, the oil was dissolved in
dry Et.sub.2O (100 mL) under nitrogen. RED-Al (20 mL, 65% in
toluene) was slowly added to the resulting solution at RT to
control the evolution of hydrogen gas (H.sub.2). The reaction was
allowed to stir at RT overnight or when TLC showed the
disappearance of the starting material (R.sub.f=0.6 in 1:1
EtOAc:hexanes) and quenched slowly with cold MeOH or aqueous
NH.sub.4Cl to control the evolution of H.sub.2. The resulting white
suspension was filtered through a Celite pad and the filtrate was
extracted with EtOAc (2.times.400 mL). Combined EtOAc extracts were
dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and the filtrate evaporated to
leave crude compound 5 and its syn diastereomer (not shown in FIG.
1) as a yellow oil (7.59 g).
Compound 6.
The oil containing compound 5 was dissolved in MeOH (200 mL), PTSA
hydrate (0.63 g) was added, and the solution stirred at RT for 1
day and then at 50.degree. C. for 2 days, at which point TLC
suggested that all starting material (5) was gone. However, some
polar material was present, suggesting that the acid had partially
cleaved the BOC group. The reaction was worked up by adding
saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (400 mL), and extracted with ether
(3.times.300 mL). The combined ether phases were dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness,
leaving 5.14 g of oil. In order to re-protect whatever amine had
formed, the crude product was dissolved in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (150
mL), to which was added BOC.sub.2O (2.44 g) and TEA (1.7 g). When
TLC (1:1 hexanes/EtOAc) showed no more material remaining on the
baseline, saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (200 mL) was added, and,
after separating the organic phase, the mixture was extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.200 mL). Combined extracts were dried
over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and the filtrated concentrated to
dryness to yield a yellow oil (7.7 g) which was chromatographed on
a silica column using a gradient of hexanes/EtOAc (up to 1:1) to
separate the diastereomers. By TLC using 1:1 PE/EtOAc, the R.sub.f
for the anti isomer, compound 6, was 0.45. For the syn isomer (not
shown in FIG. 1) the R.sub.f was 0.40. The yield of compound 6 was
2.45 g (39% overall based on Garner's aldehyde). .sup.1H NMR of
anti isomer (CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 1.26 (br s, 20H), 1.32 (s, 9H),
1.45 (s, 9H), 1.56 (quintet, 2H, J=8 Hz), 2.06 (q, 2H, J=7 Hz),
2.52 (t, 2H, J=7 Hz), 2.55 (br s, 2H), 3.60 (br s, 1H), 3.72 (ddd,
1H, J=11.5 Hz, 7.0 Hz, 3.5 Hz), 3.94 (dt, 1H, J=11.5 Hz, 3.5 Hz),
4.32 (d, 1H, J=4.5 Hz), 5.28 (br s, 1H), 5.54 (dd, 1H, J=15.5 Hz,
6.5 Hz), 5.78 (dt, 1H, J=15.5 Hz, 6.5 Hz). .sup.13C {.sup.1H} NMR
(CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 156.95, 134.80, 129.66, 80.47, 75.46, 63.33,
56.17, 42.44, 32.98, 31.70, 30.58, 30.32, 30.31, 30.28, 30.20,
30.16, 30.00, 29.89, 29.80, 29.08, 29.03.
Anal. Calculated for C.sub.27H.sub.53NO.sub.4S: C, 66.48; H, 10.95;
N, 2.87. Found: C, 65.98; H, 10.46; N, 2.48.
Compound 7.
To a solution of the alcohol compound 6 (609.5 mg, 1.25 mmol)
dissolved in dry pyridine (2 mL) was added CBr.sub.4 (647.2 mg,
1.95 mmol, 1.56 equiv). The flask was cooled in an ice bath and
P(OMe).sub.3 (284.7 mg, 2.29 mmol, 1.84 equiv) was added drop wise
over 2 min. After 4 min. the ice bath was removed and after 12 hr.
the mixture was diluted with ether (20 mL). The resulting mixture
washed with aqueous HCl (10 mL, 2 N) to form an emulsion which
separated on dilution with water (20 mL). The aqueous phase was
extracted with ether (2.times.10 mL), then EtOAc (2.times.10 mL).
The ether extracts and first EtOAc extract were combined and washed
with aqueous HCl (10 mL, 2 N), water (10 mL), and saturated aqueous
NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL). The last EtOAc extract was used to
back-extract the aqueous washes. Combined organic phases were dried
over MgSO.sub.4, filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to leave
crude product (1.16 g), which was purified by flash chromatography
over silica (3.times.22 cm column) using CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, then
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2-EtOAc (1:20, 1:6, 1:3, and 1:1--product started to
elute, 6:4, 7:3). Early fractions contained 56.9 mg of oil. Later
fractions provided product (compound 7, 476.6 mg, 64%) as clear,
colorless oil.
Anal. Calculated for C.sub.29H.sub.58NO.sub.7PS (595.82): C, 58.46;
H, 9.81; N, 2.35. Found: C, 58.09; H, 9.69; N, 2.41.
Compound 8.
A flask containing compound 7 (333.0 mg, 0.559 mmol) and a stir bar
was evacuated and filled with nitrogen. Acetonitrile (4 mL,
distilled from CaH.sub.2) was injected by syringe and the flask now
containing a solution was cooled in an ice bath. Using a syringe,
(CH.sub.3).sub.3SiBr (438.7 mg, 2.87 mmol, 5.13 equiv.) was added
over the course of 1 min. After 35 min., the upper part of the
flask was rinsed with an additional portion of acetonitrile (1 mL)
and the ice bath was removed. After another 80 min., an aliquot was
removed, the solution dried by blowing nitrogen gas over it, and
the residue analyzed by .sup.1H NMR in CDCl.sub.3, which showed
only traces of peaks ascribed to P--OCH.sub.3 moieties. After 20
min., water (0.2 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, followed by
the CDCl.sub.3 solution used to analyze the aliquot, and the
mixture was concentrated to ca. 0.5 mL volume on a rotary
evaporator. Using acetone (3 mL) in portions the residue was
transferred to a tared test tube, forming a pale brown solution.
Water (3 mL) was added in portions. After addition of 0.3 mL,
cloudiness was seen. After a total of 1 mL, a gummy precipitate had
formed. As an additional 0.6 mL of water was added, more cloudiness
and gum separated, but the final portion of water seemed not to
change the appearance of the mixture. Overall, this process was
accomplished over a period of several hours. The tube was
centrifuged and the supernatant removed by pipet. The solid, no
longer gummy, was dried over P.sub.4O.sub.10 in vacuo, leaving
compound 8 (258.2 mg, 95%) as a monohydrate.
Anal. Calculated. for C.sub.22H.sub.46NO.sub.5PS+H.sub.2O (485.66):
C, 54.40; H, 9.96; N, 2.88. Found: C, 54.59; H, 9.84; N, 2.95.
Compound 9.
Compound 8 (202.6 mg, 0.417 mmol) was added in a glove box to a
test tube containing a stir bar, dry THF (3 mL) and glacial HOAc (3
mL). NBSCl (90 mg, 0.475 mmol, 1.14 equiv) were added, and after
0.5 hr., a clear solution was obtained. After a total of 9 hr., an
aliquot was evaporated to dryness and the residue analyzed by
.sup.1H NMR in CDCl.sub.3. The peaks corresponding to CH.sub.2StBu
and CH.sub.2SSAr suggested that reaction was about 75% complete,
and comparison of the spectrum with that of pure NBSCl in
CDCl.sub.3 suggested that none of the reagent remained in the
reaction. Therefore, an additional portion (24.7 mg, 0.130 mmol,
0.31 equiv) was added, followed 3 hr. later by an additional
portion (19.5 mg, 0.103 mmol, 0.25 equiv). After another 1 hr., the
mixture was transferred to a new test tube using THF (2 mL) to
rinse and water (1 mL) was added.
Compound 10.
PMe.sub.3 (82.4 mg, 1.08 mmol, 1.52 times the total amount of
2-nitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride added) was added to the clear
solution compound 9 described above. The mixture grew warm and
cloudy, with precipitate forming over time. After 4.5 hr., methanol
was added, and the tube centrifuged. The precipitate settled with
difficulty, occupying the bottom 1 cm of the tube. The clear yellow
supernatant was removed using a pipet. Methanol (5 mL, deoxygenated
with nitrogen) was added, the tube was centrifuged, and the
supernatant removed by pipet. This cycle was repeated three times.
When concentrated, the final methanol wash left only 4.4 mg of
residue. The bulk solid residue was dried over P.sub.4O.sub.10 in
vacuo, leaving compound 10 (118.2 mg, 68%) as a
monohydrochloride.
Anal. Calculated for C.sub.18H.sub.38NO.sub.5S+HCl (417.03): C,
51.84; H, 9.43; N, 3.36. Found: C, 52.11; H, 9.12; N, 3.30.
Compound 11.
Compound 6 (1.45 g, 2.97 mmol) was dissolved in AcOH (20 mL), and
NBSCl (0.56 g, 2.97 mmol) was added all at once. The reaction was
allowed to stir for 3 hr. or until the disappearance of the
starting material and appearance of the product was observed by TLC
[product R.sub.f=0.65, starting material R.sub.f=0.45, 1:1
EtOAc/hexanes]. The reaction was concentrated to dryness on a high
vacuum line and the residue dissolved in THF/H.sub.2O (100 mL of
10:1).
Compound 12.
Ph.sub.3P (0.2.33 g, 8.91 mmol) was added all at once to the
solution above that contained compound 11 and the reaction was
allowed to stir for 3 hr. or until the starting material
disappeared. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness
on a high vacuum line, leaving a residue that contained compound
12.
Compound 13.
The residue above containing compound 12 was dissolved in DCM (50
mL) and TFA (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 5 hr. and
concentrated to dryness. The residue was the loaded onto a column
with silica gel and chromatographed with pure DCM, followed by DCM
containing 5% MeOH, then 10% MeOH, to yield the final product,
compound 13, as a sticky white solid (0.45 g, 46% yield from 5).
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 1.27 (s), 1.33 (br m), 1.61 (p,
2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.03 (br d, 2H, J=7 Hz), 2.53 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz),
3.34 (br s, 1H), 3.87 (br d, 2H, J=12 Hz), 4.48 (br s, 2H), 4.58
(br s, 2H), 5.42 (dd, 1H, J=15 Hz, 5.5 Hz), 5.82 (dt, 1H, J=15 Hz,
5.5 Hz), 7.91 (br s, 4H). .sup.13C{.sup.1H} NMR (CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 136.85, 126.26, 57.08, 34.76, 32.95, 30.40, 30.36, 30.34,
30.25, 30.19, 30.05, 29.80, 29.62, 29.09, 25.34.
Example 2
Synthetic Schemes for Making Thiolated Fatty Acids
The synthetic approach described in this example details the
preparation of a thiolated fatty acid to be incorporated into a
more complex lipid structure that could be further complexed to a
protein or other carrier and administered to an animal to elicit an
immune response. The approach uses using conventional organic
chemistry. A scheme showing the approach taken in this example is
provided in FIG. 2, and the compound numbers in the synthetic
description below refer to the numbered structures in FIG. 2.
Two syntheses are described. The first synthesis, for a C-12
thiolated fatty acid, starts with the commercially available
12-dodecanoic acid, compound 14. The bromine is then displaced with
t-butyl thiol to yield the protected C-12 thiolated fatty acid,
compound 15. The second synthesis, for a C-18 thiolated fatty acid,
starts with the commercially available 9-bromo-nonanol (compound
16). The hydroxyl group in compound 16 is protected by addition of
a dihydroyran group and the resulting compound, 17, is dimerized
through activation of half of the brominated material via a
Grignard reaction, followed by addition of the other half. The
18-hydroxy octadecanol (compound 18) produced following
acid-catalyzed removal of the dihydropyran protecting group is
selectively mono-brominated to form compound 19. During this
reaction approximately half of the alcohol groups are activated for
nucleophilic substitution by formation of a methane sulfonic acid
ester. The alcohol is then oxidized to form the 18-bromocarboxylic
acid, compound 20, which is then treated with t-butyl thiol to
displace the bromine and form the protected, thiolated C-18 fatty
acid, compound 21.
The protected thiolated fatty acids, each a t-butyl thioether, can
be incorporated into a complex lipid and the protecting group
removed using, e.g., one of the de-protecting approaches described
in Examples 1 and 3. The resulting free thiol then can be used to
complex with a protein or other carrier prior to inoculating animal
with the hapten.
A. Synthesis of a C-12 Thiolated Fatty Acid
Compound 15.
t-Butyl thiol (12.93 g, 143 mmol) was added to a dry Schlenk flask,
and Schlenk methods were used to put the system under nitrogen.
Dry, degassed THF (250 mL) was added and the flask cooled in an ice
bath. n-BuLi (55 mL of 2.5 M in hexanes, 137.5 mmol) was slowly
added over 10 min by syringe. The mixture was allowed to stir at
0.degree. C. for an hour. The bromoacid, compound 14 (10 g, 36
mmol), was added as a solid and the reaction heated and stirred at
60.degree. C. for 24 hr. The reaction was quenched with 2 M HCl
(250 mL), and extracted with ether (2.times.300 mL). The combined
ethereal layers were dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered, and
the filtrate concentrated by rotary evaporation to yield the
thioether acid, compound 15 (10 g, 99% yield) as a beige powder.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 500 MHz) .delta. 1.25-1.35 (br s, 12H),
1.32 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.65 (m,
2H), 2.35 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.52 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz). Principal ion
in HRMS (ES-TOF) was observed at m/z 311.2020, calculated for
M+Na.sup.+ 311.2015.
B. Synthesis of a C-12 Thiolated Fatty Acid
Compound 17.
A dry Schlenk flask was charged with compound 16 (50 g, 224.2 mmol)
and dissolved in dry degassed THF (250 mL) distilled from
sodium/benzophenone. The flask was cooled in an ice bath and then
PTSA (0.5 g, 2.6 mmol) was added. Dry, degassed DHP (36 g, 42.8
mmol) was then added slowly over 5 min. The mixture was allowed to
warm up to RT and left to stir overnight and monitored by TLC (10:1
PE:EtOAc) until the reaction was deemed done by the complete
disappearance of the spot for the bromoalcohol. TEA (1 g, 10 mmol)
was then added to quench the PTSA. The mixture was then washed with
cold sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with EtOAc
(3.times.250 mL). The organic layers were then dried with magnesium
sulfate and concentrated to yield 68.2 g of crude product which was
purified by column chromatography (10:1 PE:EtOAc) to yield 60 g
(99% yield) of a colorless oil. .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 500 MHz)
.delta. 1.31 (br s, 6H), 1.41-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.62 (obscured
multiplets, 6H), 1.69-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.855 (quintet, J=7.6 Hz, 2H),
3.41 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 3.48-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.73 (dt, 2H, J=6.5 Hz),
3.85-3.90 (m, 2H), 4.57 (t, 2H, J=3 Hz).
Compound 18.
Magnesium shavings (2.98 g, 125 mmol) were added to a flame-dried
Schlenk flask along with a crystal of iodine. Dry THF (200 mL)
distilled from sodium was then added and the system was degassed
using Schlenk techniques. Compound 17 (30 g, 97 mmol) was then
slowly added to the magnesium over 10 min. and the solution was
placed in an oil bath at 65.degree. C. and allowed to stir
overnight. The reaction was deemed complete by TLC by quenching an
aliquot with acetone and observing the change in RF in a 10:1
PE:EtOAc mixture. The Grignard solution was then transferred by
cannula to a three-necked flask under nitrogen containing
additional compound 17 (30 g, 97 mmol). The flask containing the
resulting mixture was then cooled to 0.degree. C. in an ice bath
and a solution of Li.sub.2CuCl.sub.4 (3 mL of 1 M) was then added
via syringe. The reaction mixture turned a very dark blue within a
few minutes. This mixture was left to stir overnight. The next
morning the reaction was deemed complete by TLC (10:1 PE:EtOAc),
quenched with a saturated NH.sub.4Cl solution, and then extracted
into ether (3.times.250 mL). The ether layers were dried with
magnesium sulfate and concentrated to yield crude product (40 g),
which was dissolved in MeOH. Concentrated HCl (0.5 mL) was then
added, which resulted in the formation of a white emulsion, which
was left to stir for 3 hr. The white emulsion was then filtered to
yield 16 g (58% yield) of the pure diol, compound 18. .sup.1H NMR
(CDCl.sub.3, 200 MHz) .delta. 1.26 (br s, 24H), 1.41-1.42 (m, 4H),
1.51-1.68 (m, 4H), 3.65 (t, 4H, J=6.5 Hz).
Compound 19.
The symmetrical diol, compound 18 (11 g, 38.5 mmol), was added to a
dry Schlenk flask under nitrogen, then dry THF (700 mL) distilled
from sodium was added. The system was degassed and the flask put in
an ice bath. Diisopropylethylamine (6.82 mL, 42.3 mmol) was added
via syringe, followed by MsCl (3.96 g, 34.4 mmol) added slowly, and
the mixture was left to stir for 1 hr. The reaction was quenched
with saturated NaH.sub.2PO.sub.4 solution (300 mL), and then
extracted with EtOAc (3.times.300 mL). The organic layers were then
combined, dried with MgSO.sub.4, and concentrated to yield 14 g of
a mixture of the diol, monomesylate, and dimesylate. NMR showed a
1:0.8 mixture of CH.sub.2OH:CH.sub.2O Ms protons. The mixture was
then dissolved in dry THF (500 mL), deoxygenated, and to it was
added LiBr (3.5 g, 40.23 mmol). This mixture was allowed reflux
overnight, upon which the reaction was quenched with water (150
mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3.times.250 mL). The organic layer
was then dried with MgSO.sub.4, and concentrated to yield a mixture
of brominated products that were then purified by flash
chromatography (DCM) to yield compound 19 (3.1 g, 25% yield) as a
white powder. .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 500 MHz) .delta. 1.26 (br s,
26H), 1.38-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.55 (quintet, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.85
(quintet, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 3.403 (t, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 3.66 (t. 2H,
J=6.8 Hz).
Compound 20.
A round bottom flask was charged with compound 19 (2.01 g, 5.73
mmol) and the solid dissolved in reagent grade acetone (150 mL).
Simultaneously, Jones reagent was prepared by dissolving CrO.sub.3
(2.25 g, 22 mmol) in H.sub.2SO.sub.4 (4 mL) and then slowly adding
10 mL of cold water and letting the solution stir for 10 min. The
cold Jones reagent was then added to the round bottom flask slowly
over 5 min., after which the solution stirred for 1 hr. The
resulting orange solution turned green within several minutes. The
mixture was then quenched with water (150 mL) extracted twice in
ether (3.times.150 mL). The ether layers were then dried with
magnesium sulfate, and concentrated to yield compound 20 (2.08 g,
98% yield) as a white powder. .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 200 MHz)
.delta. 1.27 (br s, 26H), 1.58-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.97 (m, 2H),
2.36 (t, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 3.42 (t, 2H, J=7 Hz).
Compound 21.
t-Butylthiol (11.32 g, 125 mmol) was added to a dry Schlenk flask
and dissolved in dry THF (450 mL) distilled from sodium. The
solution was deoxygenated by bubbling nitrogen through it before
the flask was placed in an ice bath. n-BuLi solution in hexanes (70
mL of 1.6 M) was then added slowly via syringe over 10 min. This
mixture was allowed to stir for 1 hr., then compound 20 (5.5 g,
16.2 mmol) was added and the solution was left to reflux at
60.degree. C. overnight. The next morning an aliquot was worked up,
analyzed by NMR, and the reaction deemed complete. The reaction was
quenched with HCl (200 mL of 2 M) and extracted with ether
(3.times.250 mL). The ethereal layers were then dried with
magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to yield
the product, compound 21, as a white solid (5 g, 90% yield).
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 200 MHz) .delta. 1.26 (br s, 26H), 1.32
(br s, 9H), 1.48-1.70 (m, 4H), 2.35 (t, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.52 (t, 2H,
J=7.3 Hz). .sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 200 MHz) .delta. 24.69, 28.35,
29.05, 29.21, 29.28, 29.39, 29.55, 29.89, 31.02(3C), 33.98, 41.75,
179.60.
Example 3
Synthetic Scheme for Making a Thiolated Analog of LPA
The synthetic approach described in this example results in the
preparation of thiolated LPA. The LPA analog can then be further
complexed to a carrier, for example, a protein carrier, which can
then be administered to an animal to elicit an immugenic response
to LPA. This approach uses both organic chemistry and enzymatic
reactions, the synthetic scheme for which is provided in FIG. 3.
The compound numbers in the synthetic description below refer to
the numbered structures in FIG. 3.
The starting materials were compound 15 in Example 2 and
enantiomerically pure glycerophoshocholine (compound 22). These two
chemicals combined to yield the di-acetylated product, compound 23,
using DCC to facilitate the esterification. In one synthetic
process variant, the resulting di-acylated glycerophosphocholine
was treated first with phospholipase-A2 to remove the fatty acid at
the sn-2 position of the glycerol backbone to produce compound 24.
This substance was further treated with another enzyme,
phospholipase-D, to remove the choline and form compound 26. In
another synthetic process variant, the phospholipase-D treatment
preceded the phospholipase-A2 treatment to yield compound 25, and
treatment of compound 25 with phospholipase-D then yields compound
26. Both variants lead to the same product, the phosphatidic acid
derivative, compound 26. The t-butyl protecting group in compound
26 is then removed, first using trimethyl disulfide triflate to
produce compound 27, followed by a disulfide reduction to produce
the desired LPA derivative, compound 28. As those in the art will
appreciate, the nitrobenzyl sulfenyl reaction sequence described in
Example 1 can also be used to produce compound 28.
Compound 23.
To a flame-dried Schlenk flask were added the thioether acid,
compound 15 (10 g, 35.8 mmol), compound 22
(glycerophosphocholine-CdCl.sub.2 complex, 4.25 g, 8.9 mmol), DCC
(7.32 g, 35.8 mmol), and DMAP (2.18 g, 17.8 mmol), after which the
flask was evacuated and filled with nitrogen. A minimal amount of
dry, degassed DCM was added (100 mL), resulting in a cloudy
mixture. The flask was covered with foil and then left to stir
until completed, as by TLC (silica, 10:5:1 DCM:MeOH: concentrated
NH.sub.4OH). The insolubility of compound 16 precluded monitoring
its disappearance by TLC, but the reaction was stopped when the
product spot of R.sub.f 0.1 was judged not to be increasing in
intensity. This typically required 3 to 4 days, and in some cases,
addition of more DCC and DMAP. Upon completion, the reaction
mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to yield a
yellow oil, which was purified using flash chromatography using the
solvent system described above to yield 3.6 g (50% yield) of a
clear wax containing a mixture of compound 23 and monoacylated
products in a ratio of 5 to 1, as estimated from comparing the
integrals for the peaks for the (CH.sub.3).sub.3N--, --CH.sub.2StBu
and--CH.sub.2COO-- moieties. Analysis of the oil by HRMS (ESI-TOF)
produced a prominent ion at m/z 820.4972, calculated for
M+Na.sup.+=C.sub.40H.sub.80NNaO.sub.8PS.sub.2.sup.++820.4960.
A. Synthesis Variant 1
Phospholipase-A2 Treatment
Compound 24.
A mixture of compound 23 and monoacetylated products as described
above (3.1 g, 3.9 mmol) was dissolved in Et.sub.2O (400 mL) and
methanol (30 mL). Borate buffer (100 mL, pH 7.4 0.1M, 0.072 mM in
CaCl.sub.2) was added, followed by phospholipase-A2 (from bee
venom, 130 units, Sigma). The resulting mixture was left to stir
for 10 hr., at which point TLC (silica, MeOH:water 4:1--the
previous solvent system 10:5:1 DCM:MeOH: concentrated NH.sub.4OH
proved ineffective) showed the absence of the starting material
(R.sub.f=0.7) and the appearance of a new spot (R.sub.f=0.2). The
organic and aqueous layers were separated and the aqueous layer was
washed with ether (2.times.250 mL). The product was extracted from
the aqueous layer with a mixture of DCM:MeOH (2:1, 2.times.50 mL).
The organic layers were then concentrated by rotary evaporation to
yield product as a white wax (1.9 g, 86% yield) that NMR showed to
be a pure product (compound 24). .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 500 MHz)
.delta. 1.25-1.27 (br s, 12H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.45 (m, 2H),
1.52-1.60 (m, 4H), 2.31 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.51 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz),
3.28 (br s, 9H) 3.25-3.33 (br s, 2H), 3.78-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.96
(m, 2H), 4.04-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.34 (m, 2H). Analysis of the wax
by HRMS (ESI-TOF) produced a prominent ion at m/z 550.2936,
calculated for M+Na.sup.+ 550.2943
(C.sub.24H.sub.50NNaO.sub.7PS.sub.2.sup.+), and an m/z at 528.3115,
calculated for MH.sup.+ 528.3124
(C.sub.24H.sub.51NO.sub.7PS.sub.2.sup.+).
Anal. Calculated. for C.sub.24H.sub.50NO.sub.7PS+2H.sub.2O
(563.73): C, 51.13; H, 9.66; N, 2.48. Found: C, 50.90; H, 9.37; N,
2.76.
Compound 26.
The lyso compound 24 (1.5 g, 2.7 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture
of sec-butanol (5 mL) and Et.sub.2O (200 mL), and the resulting
cloudy mixture was sonicated until the cloudiness dissipated.
Buffer (200 mL, pH 5.8, 0.2 M NaOAc, 0.08 M CaCl.sub.2) was added,
followed by cabbage extract (80 mL of extract from savoy cabbage
(which contains phospholipase-D), containing 9 mg of protein/mL).
The reaction was stirred for 1 day and monitored by TLC (C.sub.18RP
SiO.sub.2, 5:1 ACN:water), R.sub.f of starting material and
product=0.3 and 0.05, respectively. In order to push the reaction
to completion, as needed an additional portion of cabbage extract
(50 mL) was added and the reaction stirred a further day. This
process was repeated twice more, as needed to complete the
conversion. When the reaction was complete, the mixture was
concentrated on the rotary evaporator to remove the ether, and then
EDTA solution (0.5 M, 25 mL) was added and the product extracted
into a 5:4 mixture of MeOH:DCM (300 mL). Concentration of the
organic layer followed by recrystallization of the residue from DCM
and acetone afforded pure product (0.9 g, 75% yield). .sup.1H NMR
(CDCl.sub.3, 200 MHz) .delta. 1.25-1.27 (br s, 12H), 1.33 (s, 9H),
1.52-1.60 (m, 4H), 2.34 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.52 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz),
3.6-3.8 (br s, 1H), 3.85-3.97 (br s, 2H), 4.02-4.18 (m, 2H).
Compound 27.
The protected sample LPA, compound 26 (0.150 g, 0.34 mmol), was
methanol washed and added to a vial in the glove box. This was then
suspended in a mixture of AcOH:THF (1:1, 10 mL), which never fully
dissolved even after 1 hr. of sonication. Solid [Me.sub.2SSMe]OTf
(0.114 g, 0.44 mmol) was then added. This was left to stir for 18
hr. The reaction was monitored by removing an aliquot,
concentrating it to dryness under vacuum, and re-dissolving or
suspending the residue in CD.sub.3OD for observing the .sup.1H NMR
shift of the CH.sub.2 peak closest to the sulfur. The starting
material had a peak at 2.52 ppm, whereas the unsymmetrical
disulfide formed at this juncture had a peak at around 2.7 ppm.
This material (compound 27) was not further isolated or
characterized.
Compound 28.
The mixture containing compound 27 was treated with water (100
.mu.L) immediately followed by PMe.sub.3 (0.11 g, 1.4 mmol). After
stirring for 3 hr. the solvent was removed by vacuum to yield an
insoluble white solid. Methanol (5 mL) was added, the mixture
centrifuged, and the mother liquor decanted. Vacuum concentration
yielded 120 mg (91% yield) of compound 28, a beige solid. Compound
28 is a thiolated LPA hapten that can be conjugated to a carrier,
for example, albumin or KLH, via disulfide bond formation.
Characterization of compound 28: .sup.1H NMR (1:1
CD.sub.3OD:CD.sub.3CO.sub.2D, 500 MHz) .delta. 1.25-1.35 (br s,
12H), 1.32-1.4 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.6 (m, 4H), 2.34 (t, 2H, J=7), 2.47
(t, 2H, J=8.5), 3.89-3.97 (br s, 2H), 3.98-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.21 (m,
1H). Negative ion ES of the sample dissolved in methanol produced a
predominant ion at m/z=385.1.
Example 4
Antibodies to S1P
One type of therapeutic antibody specifically binds undesirable
sphingolipids to achieve beneficial effects such as, e.g., (1)
lowering the effective concentration of undesirable, toxic
sphingolipids (and/or the concentration of their metabolic
precursors) that would promote an undesirable effect such as a
cardiotoxic, tumorigenic, or angiogenic effect; (2) to inhibit the
binding of an undesirable, toxic, tumorigenic, or angiogenic
sphingolipids to a cellular receptor therefore, and/or to lower the
concentration of a sphingolipid that is available for binding to
such a receptor. Examples of such therapeutic effects include, but
are not limited to, the use of anti-S1P antibodies to lower the in
vivo serum concentration of available S1P, thereby blocking or at
least limiting S1P's tumorigenic and angiogenic effects and its
role in post-MI heart failure, cancer, or fibrongenic diseases.
Thiolated S1P (compound 10 of FIG. 1) was synthesized to contain a
reactive group (i.e., a sulfhydryl group) capable of cross-linking
the essential structural features of S1P to a carrier moiety such
as KLH. Prior to immunization, the thio-S1P analog was conjugated
via IOA or SMCC cross-linking to protein carriers (e.g., KLH) using
standard protocols. SMCC is a heterobifunctional crosslinker that
reacts with primary amines and sulfhydryl groups, and represents a
preferred crosslinker.
Swiss Webster or BALB-C mice were immunized four times over a two
month period with 50 .mu.g of immunogen (SMCC facilitated conjugate
of thiolated-S1P and KLH) per injection. Serum samples were
collected two weeks after the second, third, and fourth
immunizations and screened by direct ELISA for the presence of
anti-S1P antibodies. Spleens from animals that displayed high
titers of the antibody were subsequently used to generate
hybridomas per standard fusion procedures. The resulting hybridomas
were grown to confluency, after which the cell supernatant was
collected for ELISA analysis. Of the 55 mice that were immunized, 8
were good responders, showing significant serum titers of
antibodies reactive to S1P. Fusions were subsequently carried out
using the spleens of these mice and myeloma cells according to
established procedures. The resulting 1,500 hybridomas were then
screened by direct ELISA, yielding 287 positive hybridomas. Of
these 287 hybridomas screened by direct ELISA, 159 showed
significant titers. Each of the 159 hybridomas was then expanded
into 24-well plates. The cell-conditioned media of the expanded
hybridomas were then re-screened to identify stable hybridomas
capable of secreting antibodies of interest. Competitive ELISAs
were performed on the 60 highest titer stable hybridomas.
Of the 55 mice and almost 1,500 hybridomas screened, one hybridoma
was discovered that displayed performance characteristics that
justified limited dilution cloning, as is required to ultimately
generate a true monoclonal antibody. This process yielded 47
clones, the majority of which were deemed positive for producing
S1P antibodies. Of these 47 clones, 6 were expanded into 24-well
plates and subsequently screened by competitive ELISA. From the 4
clones that remained positive, one was chosen to initiate
large-scale production of the S1P monoclonal antibody. SCID mice
were injected with these cells and the resulting ascites was
protein A-purified (50% yield) and analyzed for endotoxin levels
(<3 EU/mg). For one round of ascites production, 50 mice were
injected, producing a total of 125 mL of ascites. The antibodies
were isotyped as IgG1 kappa, and were deemed >95% pure by HPLC.
The antibody was prepared in 20 mM sodium phosphate with 150 mM
sodium chloride (pH 7.2) and stored at -70.degree. C.
The positive hybridoma clone (designated as clone 306D326.26) was
deposited with the ATCC (safety deposit storage number SD-5362),
and represents the first murine mAb directed against S1P. The clone
also contains the variable regions of the antibody heavy and light
chains that could be used for the generation of a "humanized"
antibody variant, as well as the sequence information needed to
construct a chimeric antibody.
Screening of serum and cell supernatant for S1P-specific antibodies
was by direct ELISA using the thiolated S1P analog described in
Example 1 (i.e., compound 10) as the antigen. A standard ELISA was
performed, as described below, except that 50 ul of sample (serum
or cell supernatant) was diluted with an equal volume of PBS/0.1%
Tween-20 (PBST) during the primary incubation. ELISAs were
performed in 96-well high binding ELISA plates (Costar) coated with
0.1 .mu.g of chemically-synthesized compound 10 conjugated to BSA
in binding buffer (33.6 mM Na.sub.2CO.sub.3, 100 mM NaHCO.sub.3; pH
9.5). The thiolated-S1P-BSA was incubated at 37.degree. C. for 1
hr. at 4.degree. C. overnight in the ELISA plate wells. The plates
were then washed four times with PBS (137 mM NaCl, 2.68 mM KCl,
10.14 mM Na.sub.2HPO.sub.4, 1.76 mM KH.sub.2PO.sub.4; pH 7.4) and
blocked with PBST for 1 hr. at room temperature. For the primary
incubation step, 75 uL of the sample (containing the S1P to be
measured), was incubated with 25 uL of 0.1 ug/mL anti-S1P mAb
diluted in PBST and added to a well of the ELISA plate. Each sample
was performed in triplicate wells. Following a 1 hr. incubation at
room temperature, the ELISA plates were washed four times with PBS
and incubated with 100 ul per well of 0.1 ug/mL HRP goat anti-mouse
secondary (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 1 hr. at room temperature.
Plates were then washed four times with PBS and exposed to
tetramethylbenzidine (Sigma) for 1-10 minutes. The detection
reaction was stopped by the addition of an equal volume of 1M
H.sub.2SO.sub.4. Optical density of the samples was determined by
measurement at 450 nm using an EL-X-800 ELISA plate reader
(Bio-Tech).
For cross reactivity, a competitive ELISA was performed as
described above, except for the following alterations (FIG. 4). The
primary incubation consisted of the competitor (S1P, SPH, LPA,
etc.) and a biotin-conjugated anti-S1P mAb. Biotinylation of the
purified monoclonal antibody was performed using the EZ-Link
Sulfo-NHS-Biotinylation kit (Pierce). Biotin incorporation was
determined as per kit protocol and ranged from 7 to 11 biotin
molecules per antibody. The competitor was prepared as follows:
lipid stocks were sonicated and dried under argon before
reconstitution in DPBS/BSA [1 mg/ml fatty acid-free BSA
(Calbiochem) in DPBS (Invitrogen 14040-133)]. Purified anti-S1P mAb
was diluted as necessary in PBS/0.5% Triton X-100. Competitor and
antibody solutions were mixed together so to generate 3 parts
competitor to 1 part antibody. A HRP-conjugated streptavidin
secondary antibody (Jackson Immunoresearch) was used to generate
signal.
Another aspect of the competitive ELISA data shown in FIG. 4 is
that it shows that the anti-S1P mAb was unable to distinguish the
thiolated-S1P analog (compound 10) from the natural S1P that was
added in the competition experiment. It also demonstrates that the
antibody does not recognize any oxidation products because the
analog was constructed without any double bonds (as is also true
for the LPA analog described in Example 3). The anti-S1P mAb was
also tested against natural product containing the double bond that
was allowed to sit at room temperature for 48 hours. Reverse phase
HPLC of the natural S1P was performed according to methods reported
previously (Deutschman, et al. (July 2003), Am Heart J., vol.
146(1):62-8), and the results showed no difference in retention
time. Further, a comparison of the binding characteristics of the
monoclonal antibody to the various lipids shown in FIG. 4 indicates
that the epitope recognized by the antibody do not involve the
hydrocarbon chain in the region of the double bond of natural S1P.
On the other hand, the epitope recognized by the monoclonal
antibody is the region containing the amino alcohol on the
sphingosine base backbone plus the free phosphate. If the free
phosphate is linked with a choline (as is the case with SPC), then
the binding was somewhat reduced. If the amino group is esterified
to a fatty acid (as is the case with C1P), no antibody binding was
observed. If the sphingosine amino alcohol backbone was replaced by
a glycerol backbone (as is the case with LPA), there the
S1P-specific monoclonal exhibited no binding. These epitope mapping
data indicate that there is only one epitope on S1P recognized by
the monoclonal antibody, and that this epitope is defined by the
unique polar headgroup of S1P.
In a similar experiment using ELISA measurements, suitable control
materials were evaluated to ensure that this anti-S1P monoclonal
antibody did not recognize either the protein carrier or the
crosslinking agent. For example, the normal crosslinker SMCC was
exchanged for IOA in conjugating the thiolated-S1P to BSA as the
laydown material in the ELISA. When IOA was used, the antibody's
binding characteristics were nearly identical to when
BSA-SMCC-thiolated-S1P was used. Similarly, KLH was exchanged for
BSA as the protein that was complexed with thiolated-S1P as the
laydown material. In this experiment, there was also no significant
difference in the binding characteristics of the antibody.
Binding Kinetics:
The binding kinetics of S1P to its receptor or other moieties has,
traditionally, been problematic because of the nature of lipids.
Many problems have been associated with the insolubility of lipids.
For BIAcore measurements, these problems were overcome by directly
immobilizing S1P to a BIAcore chip. Antibody was then flowed over
the surface of the chip and alterations in optical density were
measured to determine the binding characteristics of the antibody
to S1P. To circumvent the bivalent binding nature of antibodies,
S1P was coated on the chip at low densities. Additionally, the chip
was coated with various densities of S1P (7, 20, and 1000 RU) and
antibody binding data was globally fit to a 1:1 interaction model.
FIG. 5 demonstrates the changes in optical density due to the
binding of the monoclonal antibody to S1P at three different
densities of S1P. Overall, the affinity of the monoclonal antibody
to S1P was determined to be very high, in the range of
approximately 88 picomolar (pM) to 99 nM, depending on whether a
monovalent or bivalent binding model was used to analyze the
binding data.
Example 5
Cloning and Characterization of the Variable Domains of an S1P
Monoclonal Antibody
A. Introduction
The manufacture of biological products is complex, in part because
of the complexity associated with the variability of the protein
itself. For monoclonal antibodies (mAbs), variability can be
localized to the protein backbone or to the carbohydrate moieties
appended to these glycosylated proteins. For example, heterogeneity
can be attributed to the formation of alternative disulfide
pairings, deamidation and the formation of isoaspartyl residues,
methionine and cysteine oxidation, cyclization of N-terminal
glutamine residues to pyroglutamate and partial enzymatic cleavage
of C-terminal lysines by mammalian carboxypeptidases. On the other
hand, carbohydrate heterogeneity introduced during cell culture
includes differential addition of fucose, alternative mannose
branching linkages, and differential presence of terminal
sialylation. In addition, mutagenesis can be performed to alter
glycosylation patterns. Oxidation is also a source of concern. For
instance, the recombinant humanized monoclonal antibody HER2
undergoes oxidation in liquid formulations when exposed to intense
light and elevated temperatures. Interestingly, such oxidation was
reported to be formulation dependent (Lam, et al. (1997), Pharm.
Sci., vol. 86: 1250-1255), and the presence of NaCl in the
formulation reportedly caused an increase in oxidation at higher
temperatures after contact with stainless steel containers or
stainless steel components in the filling process. The methionine
residue at position 255 in the heavy chain of the Fc region was
determined to be the primary site of oxidation. The oxidation was
eliminated by supplementing the media with methionine and
thiosulfate caused by free radicals generated by the presence of
metal ions and peroxide impurities in the formulation. For reasons
such as these, process engineering is commonly applied to antibody
molecules to improve their properties, such as enhanced expression
in heterologous systems, resistance to proteases, reduced
aggregation, and enhanced stability.
This example reports the cloning of the murine mAb against S1P.
This antibody, termed Sphingomab.TM., is an IgG1 monoclonal
antibody. The overall strategy consisted of cloning the murine
variable domains of both the light chain (VL) and the heavy chain
(VH). The consensus sequence of 306D VH shows that the constant
region fragment is consistent with a gamma 2b isotype. The murine
variable domains were cloned together with the constant domain of
the light chain (CL) and with the constant domain of the heavy
chain (CH1, CH2, and CH3), resulting in a chimeric antibody
construct. Also, Sphingomab.TM. is unique because of the presence
of a free cysteine residue in the Fab region at position 50 on the
heavy chain in the CDR2 region. Replacing this residue could
greatly facilitate formulation and manufacturing processes, as well
as improving yields. Indeed, in an effort to improve the
biophysical properties of the antibody molecule, substitution of
the cysteine residue at position 50 with a panel of amino acid
residues was performed by creating a series of constructs
containing the desired substitution. These constructs were then
expressed in mammalian cells, and the different antibody variants
were compared in an ELISA assay for binding to S1P. Compared with
the chimeric antibody, the resulting mutants carrying the
substitution Cys50Ser and Cys50Arg exhibited a slight decrease in
binding to S1P whereas the replacement of Cys with Phe or Ala did
not alter the binding to S1P.
B. Materials and Methods
1. Antibody Gene Cloning
A clone from the anti-S1P hybridoma cell line 306D326.1
(ATCC#SD-5362) was grown in DMEM (Dulbecco's Dulbecco's Modified
Eagle Medium with GlutaMAX.TM. I, 4500 mg/L D-Glucose, Sodium
Puruvate; Gibco/Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif., 111-035-003), 10% FBS
(Sterile Fetal Clone I, Perbio Science), and 1.times.
glutamine/Penicillin/Streptomycin (Gibco/Invitrogen). Total RNA was
isolated from 10.sup.7 hybridoma cells using a procedure based on
the RNeasy Mini kit (Qiagen, Hilden Germany). The RNA was used to
generate first strand cDNA following the manufacturer's protocol
(1.sup.st strand synthesis kit, Amersham Biosciences).
The immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region (VH) cDNA was
amplified by PCR using an MHV7 primer (MHV7:
5'-ATGGRATGGAGCKGGRTCTTTMTCTT-3' [SEQ ID NO: 1]) in combination
with a IgG2b constant region primer MHCG1/2a/2b/3 mixture (MHCG1:
5'-CAGTGGATAGACAGATGGGGG-3' [SEQ ID NO: 2]; MHCG2a:
5'-CAGTGGATAGACCGATGGGGC-3 [SEQ ID NO: 3]; MHCG2b:
5'-CAGTGGATAGACTGATGGGGG-3' [SEQ ID NO: 4]; MHCG3:
5'-CAAGGGATAGACAGATGGGGC-3' [SEQ ID NO: 5]). The product of the
reaction was ligated into the pCR2.1.RTM.-TOPO.RTM. vector
(Invitrogen) using the TOPO-TA cloning.RTM. kit and sequence. The
variable domain of the heavy chain was then amplified by PCR from
this vector and inserted as a Hind III and Apa I fragment and
ligated into the expression vector pG1D200 (see U.S. Pat. No.
7,060,808) or pG4D200 (id.) containing the HCMVi promoter, a leader
sequence, and the gamma-1 constant region to generate the plasmid
pG1D200306DVH. The consensus sequence of 306D V.sub.H (FIG. 6; SEQ
ID NO: 6) showed that the constant region fragment was consistent
with a gamma 2b isotype.
Similarly, the immunoglobulin kappa chain variable region (VK) was
amplified using the [ ] VK 20 primer (5'-GTCTCTGATTCTAGGGCA-3' [SEQ
ID NO: 7]) in combination with the kappa constant region primer MKC
(5'-ACTGGATGGTGGGAAGATGG-3' [SEQ ID NO: 8]). The product of this
reaction was ligated into the pCR2.1.RTM.-TOPO.RTM. vector using
the TOPO-TA cloning.RTM. kit and sequence. The variable domain of
the light chain was then amplified by PCR and then inserted as a
Bam HI and Hind III fragment into the expression vector pKN100 (see
U.S. Pat. No. 7,060,808) containing the HCMV promoter, a leader
sequence, and the human kappa constant domain, generating plasmid
pKN100306DVK.
The heavy and light chain plasmids pG1D200306DVH plus pKN100306DVK
were transformed into DH4a bacteria and stocked in glycerol.
Large-scale plasmid DNA was prepared as described by the
manufacturer (Qiagen, endotoxin-free MAXIPREP.TM. kit). DNA
samples, purified using Qiagen's QIAprep Spin Miniprep Kit or
EndoFree Plasmid Mega/Maxi Kit, were sequenced using an ABI 3730xl
automated sequencer, which also translates the fluorescent signals
into their corresponding nucleobase sequence. Primers were designed
at the 5' and 3' ends so that the sequence obtained would overlap.
The length of the primers was 18-24 bases, and preferably they
contained 50% GC content and no predicted dimers or secondary
structure. The amino acid sequences for the mouse V.sub.H and
V.sub.L domains from Sphingomab.TM. are shown in FIG. 6 (SEQ ID
NOS: 6 and 9, respectively). In FIG. 6, the CDR residues (see
Kabat, E A (1982), Pharmavol Rev, vol. 34: 23-38) are boxed, and
are shown below in Table 1.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 Mouse Sphingomab .TM. CDR sequences of the
mouse V.sub.H and V.sub.L domains CDR VL CDR ITTTDIDDDMN (SEQ ID
NO: 10) CDR1 EGNILRP (SEQ ID NO: 11) CDR2 LQSDNLPFT (SEQ ID NO: 12)
CDR3 VH CDR DHTIH (SEQ ID NO: 13) CDR1 CISPRHDITKYNEMFRG (SEQ ID
NO: 14) CDR2 GGFYGSTIWFDF (SEQ ID NO: 15) CDR3
The complete nucleotide and amino acid sequences of several
chimeric antibody V.sub.H and V.sub.L domains are shown in FIG. 7.
In FIG. 7, the amino acid sequences are numbered, and the CDRs
identified, according to the Kabat method (Kabat, et al. (1991),
NIH National Technical Information Service, pp. 1-3242).
2. COS 7 Expression
For antibody expression in a non-human mammalian system, plasmids
were transfected into the African green monkey kidney fibroblast
cell line COS 7 by electroporation (0.7 ml at 10.sup.7 cells/ml)
using 10 ug of each plasmid. Transfected cells were plated in 8 ml
of growth medium for 4 days. The chimeric 306DH1.times.306DVK-2
antibody was expressed at 1.5 .mu.g/ml in transiently
co-transfected COS cell conditioned medium. The binding of this
antibody to S1P was measured using the S1P ELISA.
The expression level of the chimeric antibody was determined in a
quantitative ELISA as follows. Microtiter plates (Nunc MaxiSorp
immunoplate, Invitrogen) were coated with 100 .mu.l aliquots of 0.4
.mu.g/ml goat anti-human IgG antibody (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.)
diluted in PBS and incubate overnight at 4.degree. C. The plates
were then washed three times with 200 .mu.l/well of washing buffer
(1.times.PBS, 0.1% TWEEN). Aliquots of 200 .mu.L of each diluted
serum sample or fusion supernatant were transferred to the
toxin-coated plates and incubated for 37.degree. C. for 1 hr.
Following 6 washes with washing buffer, the goat anti-human kappa
light chain peroxidase conjugate (Jackson Immuno Research) was
added to each well at a 1:5000 dilution. The reaction was carried
out for 1 hr at room temperature, plates were washed 6 times with
the washing buffer, and 150 .mu.L of the K-BLUE substrate (Sigma)
was added to each well, incubated in the dark at room temperature
for 10 min. The reaction was stopped by adding 50 .mu.l of RED STOP
solution (SkyBio Ltd.) and the absorption was determined at 655 nm
using a Microplater Reader 3550 (Bio-Rad Laboratories Ltd.).
Results from the antibody binding assays are shown in FIG. 8.
3. 293F Expression
For antibody expression in a human system, plasmids were
transfected into the human embryonic kidney cell line 293F
(Invitrogen) using 293fectin (Invitrogen) and using 293F-FreeStyle
Media (Invitrogen) for culture. Light and heavy chain plasmids were
both transfected at 0.5 g/mL. Transfections were performed at a
cell density of 10.sup.6 cells/mL. Supernatants were collected by
centrifugation at 1100 rpm for 5 minutes at 25.degree. C. 3 days
after transfection. Expression levels were quantified by
quantitative ELISA (see below) and varied from 0.25-0.5 g/mL for
the chimeric antibody.
4. Quantitative ELISA
Microtiter ELISA plates (Costar) were coated with rabbit anti-mouse
IgG, F(ab').sub.2 fragment specific (Jackson Immuno Research) or
rabbit anti-human, IgG F(ab').sub.2 fragment specific (Jackson
Immuno Research) diluted in 1 M Carbonate Buffer (pH 9.5) at
37.degree. C. for 1 hr. Plates were washed with PBS and blocked
with PBS/BSA/Tween-20 for 1 hr at 37.degree. C. For the primary
incubation, dilutions of non-specific mouse IgG or human IgG, whole
molecule (used for calibration curve) and samples to be measured
were added to the wells. Plates were washed and incubated with 100
ul per well of HRP conjugated goat anti-mouse (H+L) diluted
1:40,000 (Jackson Immuno Research) or HRP conjugated goat
anti-human (H+L) diluted 1:50,000 (Jackson Immuno Research) for 1
hr at 37.degree. C. After washing, the enzymatic reaction was
detected with Tetramethylbenzidine (Sigma) and stopped by adding 1
M H.sub.2SO.sub.4. The optical density (OD) was measured at 450 nm
using a Thermo Multiskan EX. Raw data were transferred to GraphPad
software for analysis.
5. Direct ELISA
Microtiter ELISA plates (Costar) were coated overnight with S1P
diluted in 1 M Carbonate Buffer (pH 9.5) at 37.degree. C. for 1 hr.
Plates were washed with PBS (137 mM NaCl, 2.68 mM KCl, 10.1 mM
Na.sub.2HPO.sub.4, 1.76 mM KH.sub.2PO.sub.4; pH 7.4) and blocked
with PBS/BSA/Tween-20 for 1 hr at room temp or overnight at
4.degree. C. For the primary incubation (1 hr at room temp.), a
standard curve using the anti-S1P mAb and the samples to be tested
for binding was built using the following set of dilutions: 0.4
.mu.g/mL, 0.2 .mu.g/mL, 0.1 .mu.g/mL, 0.05 .mu.g/mL, 0.0125
.mu.g/mL, and 0 .mu.g/mL, and 100 .mu.l added to each well. Plates
were washed and incubated with 100 .mu.l per well of HRP conjugated
goat anti-mouse (1:20,000 dilution) (Jackson Immuno Research) or
HRP conjugated goat anti-human (H+L) diluted 1:50,000 (Jackson
Immuno Research) for 1 hr at room temperature. After washing, the
enzymatic reaction was detected with tetramethylbenzidine (Sigma)
and stopped by adding 1 M H.sub.2SO.sub.4. The optical density (OD)
was measured at 450 nm using a Thermo Multiskan EX. Raw data were
transferred to GraphPad software for analysis.
Table 2, below, shows a comparative analysis of mutants with the
chimeric antibody. To generate these results, bound antibody was
detected by a second antibody, specific for the mouse or human IgG,
conjugated with HRP. The chromogenic reaction was measured and
reported as Optical density (OD). The concentration of the panel of
antibodies was 0.1 ug/ml. No interaction of the second antibody
with S1P-coated matrix alone was detected.
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 2 Variable Domain Mutation Plasmids Binding
Chimeric pATH50 + pATH 10 1.5 HC CysAla pATH50 + pATH11C1 2 CysSer
pATH50 + pATH12C2 0.6 CysArg pATH50 + pATH14C1 0.4 CysPhe pATH50 +
pATH16C1 2 LC MetLeu pATH53C1 + pATH10 1.6
Example 6
Chimeric mAb to S1P
As used herein, the term "chimeric" antibody (or "immunoglobulin")
refers to a molecule comprising a heavy and/or light chain which is
identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in
antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a
particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the
chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences
in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another
antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such
antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity
(Cabilly et al., supra; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
U.S.A. 81:6851 (1984)).
A chimeric antibody to S1P was generated using the variable regions
(Fv) containing the active S1P binding regions of the murine
antibody from a particular hybridoma (ATCC safety deposit storage
number SD-5362) with the Fc region of a human IgG1 immunoglobulin.
The Fc regions contained the CL, ChL, and Ch3 domains of the human
antibody. Without being limited to a particular method, chimeric
antibodies could also have been generated from Fc regions of human
IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, or IgM. As those in the art will
appreciate, "humanized" antibodies can been generated by grafting
the complementarity determining regions (CDRs, e.g. CDR1-4) of the
murine anti-S1P mAb with a human antibody framework regions (e.g.,
Fr1, Fr4, etc.) such as the framework regions of an IgG1. FIG. 9
shows the binding of the chimeric and full murine mAbs in a direct
ELISA measurement using thiolated-S1P as lay down material.
For the direct ELISA experiments shown in FIG. 9, the chimeric
antibody to S1P had similar binding characteristics to the fully
murine monoclonal antibody. ELISAs were performed in 96-well
high-binding ELISA plates (Costar) coated with 0.1 ug of
chemically-synthesized, thiolated S1P conjugated to BSA in binding
buffer (33.6 mM Na.sub.2CO.sub.3, 100 mM NaHCO.sub.3; pH 9.5). The
thiolated S1P-BSA was incubated at 37.degree. C. for 1 hr. or at
4.degree. C. overnight in the ELISA plate. Plates were then washed
four times with PBS (137 mM NaCl, 2.68 mM KCl, 10.14 mM
Na.sub.2HPO.sub.4, 1.76 mM KH.sub.2PO.sub.4; pH 7.4) and blocked
with PBST for 1 hr. at room temperature. For the primary incubation
step, 75 uL of the sample (containing the S1P to be measured), was
incubated with 25 .mu.L of 0.1 .mu.g/mL anti-S1P monoclonal
antibody diluted in PBST and added to a well of the ELISA plate.
Each sample was performed in triplicate wells. Following a 1 hr
incubation at room temperature, the ELISA plates were washed four
times with PBS and incubated with 100 ul per well of 0.1 ug/mL HRP
goat anti-mouse secondary (Jackson Immunoresearch) for 1 hr. at
room temperature. Plates were then washed four times with PBS and
exposed to tetramethylbenzidine (Sigma) for 1-10 minutes. The
detection reaction was stopped by the addition of an equal volume
of 1M H.sub.2SO.sub.4. Optical density of the samples was
determined by measurement at 450 nm using an EL-X-800 ELISA plate
reader (Bio-Tech).
As was the case with regard to the experiments described in Example
4, the preferred method of measuring either antibody titer in the
serum of an immunized animal or in cell-conditioned media (i.e.,
supernatant) of an antibody-producing cell such as a hybridoma,
involves coating the ELISA plate with a target ligand (e.g., a
thiolated analog of S1P, LPA, etc.) that has been covalently linked
to a protein carrier such as BSA.
Without being limited to particular method or example, chimeric
antibodies could be generated against other lipid targets such as
LPA, ceramides, sulfatides, cerebrosides, cardiolipins,
phosphotidylserines, phosphotidylinositols, phosphatidic acids,
phosphotidylcholines, phosphatidylethanolamines, eicosinoids, and
other leukotrienes, etc. Further, many of these lipids could also
be glycosylated and/or acetylated, if desired.
Example 7
Antibody-Based Assay for Sphingosine Kinase (SPH Kinase)
Sphingosine Kinase (SPH kinase or SPHK) catalyzes the conversion of
SPH to S1P. A genetic sequence encoding human SPH-kinase has been
described (Melendez et al., Gene 251:19-26, 2000). Three human
homologs of SPH kinase (SKA, SKB, and SKC) have been described
(published PCT patent application WO 00/52173). Murine SPH kinase
has also been described (Kohama et al., J. Biol. Chem.
273:23722-23728, 1998; and published (PCT patent application WO
99/61581). Published PCT patent application WO 99/61581 reports
nucleic acids encoding a sphingosine kinase. Published PCT patent
application WO 00/52173 reports nucleic acids encoding homologues
of sphingosine kinase. Other SPH kinases have also been reported.
See, e.g., Pitson et al., Biochem J. 350:429-441, 2000; published
PCT application WO 00/70028; Liu et al., J. Biol. Chem.,
275:19513-19520, 2000; PCT/AU01/00539, published as WO 01/85953;
PCT/US01/04789, published as WO 01/60990; and PCT/EP00/09498,
published as WO 01/31029.
Inhibitors of SPH kinase include, but are not limited to,
N,N-dimethylsphingosine (Edsall et al., Biochem. 37:12892-12898,
1998); D-threo-dihydrosphingosine (Olivera et al., Nature
365:557-560, 1993); and Sphingoid bases (Jonghe et al.,
"Structure-Activity Relationship of Short-Chain Sphingoid Bases As
Inhibitors of Sphingosine Kinase", Bioorganic & Medicinal
Chemistry Letters 9:3175-3180, 1999)
Assays of SPH kinase useful for evaluating these and other known or
potential SPH kinase inhibitors include those disclosed by Olivera
et al., Methods in Enzymology, 311:215-223, 1999; Caligan et al.,
Analytical Biochemistry, 281:36-44, 2000.
Inhibition of SPH kinase is believed to lead to an accumulation of
its substrate, SPH, which, like S1P, can be an undesirable
sphingolipid in certain conditions. In order to avoid or mitigate
these undesirable effects, an agent could be administered that (i)
stimulates an enzyme that utilizes SPH as a substrate, provided
that the enzyme should not be one that yields S1P as a reaction
product (such as, e.g., ceramide synthase; see below); or (ii)
inhibits an enzyme that yields SPH as a product.
Without being limited to a particular method, anti-S1P antibodies
(e.g., a monoclonal anti-S1P antibody) could be used as a reagent
in an in vitro assay for SPH kinase activity. For example, purified
SPHK could be added to the wells of a microtiter plate in the
presence of PBS and the substrate for the kinase, SPH (complexed
with, for example, fatty-acid free BSA). The resulting product of
the reaction, S1P, could then be followed by ELISA using an
anti-S1P antibody (e.g., the monoclonal anti-S1P antibody described
above in Example 4). In such an assay, inhibition of SPHK by a test
compound would result in lower levels of S1P than in a control
reaction that did not include an SPHK inhibitory compound. Such an
assay could be configured for high throughput, and could thus serve
as the basis of a high throughput screening assay for modulators of
SPHK activity.
Example 8
Antibody-Based Assay for S1P Lyase or SPP Activities
The stimulation of enzymes that catalyze reactions that degrade S1P
(i.e., reactions that utilize S1P as a reactant) will result in the
stimulation of degradation of S1P molecules. Such enzymes include,
but are not limited to:
S-1-P Lyase:
S1P lyase catalyzes the conversion of S1P to ethanolamine-P (also
known as t-2-hexadecanal) and palmitaldehyde (Veldhoven et al.,
Adv. Lipid Res. 26:67-97, 1993; Van Veldhoven, Methods in
Enzymology, 311:244-254, 1999). Yeast (Lanterman et al., Biochem.
J. 332:525-531, 1998), murine (Zhou et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res.
Comm. 242:502-507, 1998), and human (published PCT patent
application WO 99/38983) S1P lyase genes have been reported.
Published PCT patent application WO 99/16888 reports S1P lyase DNA
and protein sequences. U.S. Pat. No. 6,187,562 and published PCT
patent application WO 99/38983 also report an S1P lyase.
Gain-of-function assays can be developed to discover small molecule
compounds that would activate the lyase or increase the expression
of the gene encoding it. Without being limited to a particular
method, one could use anti-S1P antibodies in an ELISA format to
measure the production of S1P from added SPH in in vitro or
cell-based formats. Compounds identified as stimulating S1P lyase
activity, either directly at the enzyme or indirectly by elevating
the expression level of the gene encoding the enzyme (for example,
by gene activation, enhancing S1P lyase mRNA stability, etc.),
could be investigated further, as such compounds may prove useful
in lowering the extracellular concentration of S1P in patients
where S1P levels correlate with toxicity, such as in the treatment
of cancer, cardio and cerebrovascular disease, autoimmune
disorders, inflammatory disorders, angiogenesis, fibrotic diseases,
and age-related macular degeneration.
S1P Phosphatase:
S1P phosphatase (also known as SPP phosphohydrolase) is a mammalian
enzyme that catalyzes the conversion of S-1-P to sphingosine
(Mandala et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 95:150-155, 1998; Mandala et
al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 97:7859-7864, 2000; Mandala,
Prostaglandins & other Lipid Mediators, 64:143-156, 2001;
Brindley et al., Methods in Enzymology, 311:233-244, 1999). Two
S-1-P phosphatases, LBP1 and LBP.sub.2, have been isolated from
yeast (Mandala et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272:32709-32714, 1997);
PCT/UW01/03879, published as WO01/57057.
As with S1P lyase, gain-of-function assays can be developed to
discover compounds that would activate S1P phosphatase or increase
the expression of the gene encoding it. For example, one can use
anti-S1P antibodies in an ELISA format to measure the production of
S1P from added SPH in in vitro or cell-based formats. Compounds
identified as stimulating S1P phosphatase activity, either directly
at the enzyme or indirectly by elevating the expression level of
the gene encoding the enzyme (for example, by gene activation,
enhancing S1P phosphatase mRNA stability, etc.), could be
investigated further, as such compounds may prove useful in
lowering the extracellular concentration of S1P in patients where
S1P levels correlate with toxicity, such as cancer, cardio and
cerebrovascular disease, autoimmune disorders, inflammatory
disorders, angiogenesis, fibrotic diseases, and age-related macular
degeneration.
Example 9
Production and Characterization of Monoclonal Antibodies to LPA
Antibody Production
Although polyclonal antibodies against naturally-occurring LPA have
been reported in the literature (Chen J H, et al., Bioorg Med Chem
Lett. 2000 Aug. 7; 10(15):1691-3), monoclonal antibodies have not
been described. Using an approach similar to that described in
Example 4, a C-12 thio-LPA analog (compound 28 in Example 3) as the
key component of a hapten formed by the cross-linking of the analog
via the reactive SH group to a protein carrier (KLH) via standard
chemical cross-linking using either IOA or SMCC as the
cross-linking agent, monoclonal antibodies against LPA were
generated. To do this, mice were immunized with the thio-LPA-KLH
hapten (in this case, thiolated-LPA:SMCC:KLH) using methods
described in Example 4 for the generation of anti-S1P monoclonal
antibodies. Of the 80 mice immunized against the LPA analog, the
five animals that showed the highest titers against LPA (determined
using an ELISA in which the same LPA analog (compound 28) as used
in the hapten was conjugated to BSA using SMCC and laid down on the
ELISA plates) were chosen for moving to the hybridoma phase of
development.
The spleens from these five mice were harvested and hybridomas were
generated by standard techniques. Briefly, one mouse yielded
hybridoma cell lines (designated 504A). Of all the plated
hybridomas of the 504A series, 66 showed positive antibody
production as measured by the previously-described screening
ELISA.
Table 3, below, shows the antibody titers in cell supernatants of
hybridomas created from the spleens of two of mice that responded
to an LPA analog hapten in which the thiolated LPA analog was
cross-linked to KLH using heterobifunctional cross-linking agents.
These data demonstrate that the anti-LPA antibodies do not react
either to the crosslinker or to the protein carrier. Importantly,
the data show that the hybridomas produce antibodies against LPA,
and not against S1P.
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 3 LPA hybridomas 3rd bleed Super- titer
natants LPA S1P Cross OD at from binding binding reactivity mouse #
1:312,500 24 well OD at 1:20 OD at 1:20 w/S1P* 1 1.242 1.A.63 1.197
0.231 low 1.A.65 1.545 0.176 none 2 0.709 2.B.7 2.357 0.302 low
2.B.63 2.302 0.229 low 2.B.83 2.712 0.175 none 2.B.104 2.57 0.164
none 2.B.IB7 2.387 0.163 none 2.B.3A6 2.227 0.134 none *Cross
reactivity with S1P from 24 well supernatants high = OD >
1.0-2.0 at [1:20] mid = OD 0.4-1.0 at [1:20] low = OD 0.4-0.2 at
[1:20] none = OD < 0.2 OD at [1:20]
The development of anti-LPA mAbs in mice was monitored by ELISA
(direct binding to 12:0 and 18:1 LPA and competition ELISA). A
significant immunological response was observed in at least half of
the immunized mice and five mice with the highest antibody titer
were selected to initiate hybridoma cell line development following
spleen fusion.
After the initial screening of over 2000 hybridoma cell lines
generated from these 5 fusions, a total of 29 anti-LPA secreting
hybridoma cell lines exhibited high binding to 18:1 LPA. Of these
hybridoma cell lines, 24 were further subcloned and characterized
in a panel of ELISA assays. From the 24 clones that remained
positive, six hybridoma clones were selected for further
characterization. Their selection was based on their superior
biochemical and biological properties.
Direct Binding Kinetics
The binding of 6 anti-LPA mAbs (B3, B7, B58, A63, B3A6, D22) to
12:0 and 18:1 LPA (0.1 uM) was measured by ELISA. EC.sub.50 values
were calculated from titration curves using 6 increasing
concentrations of purified mAbs (0 to 0.4 ug/ml). EC.sub.50
represents the effective antibody concentration with 50% of the
maximum binding. Max denotes the maximal binding (expressed as
OD450). Results are shown in Table 4.
TABLE-US-00004 TABLE 4 Direct Binding Kinetics of Anti-LPA mAbs B3
B7 B58 D22 A63 B3A6 12:0 LPA EC.sub.50 (nM) 1.420 0.413 0.554 1.307
0.280 0.344 Max (OD450) 1.809 1.395 1.352 0.449 1.269 1.316 18:1
LPA EC.sub.50 (nM) 1.067 0.274 0.245 0.176 0.298 0.469 Max (OD450)
1.264 0.973 0.847 0.353 1.302 1.027
The kinetics parameters k.sub.a (association rate constant),
k.sub.d (disassociation rate constant) and K.sub.D (association
equilibrium constant) were determined for the 6 lead candidates
using the BIAcore 3000 Biosensor machine. In this study, LPA was
immobilized on the sensor surface and the anti-LPA mAbs were flowed
in solution across the surface. As shown, all six mAbs bound LPA
with similar K.sub.D values ranging from 0.34 to 3.8 pM and similar
kinetic parameters.
The Anti-LPA Murine mAbs Exhibit High Affinity to LPA
LPA was immobilized to the sensor chip at densities ranging 150
resonance units. Dilutions of each mAb were passed over the
immobilized LPA and kinetic constants were obtained by nonlinear
regression of association/dissociation phases. Errors are given as
the standard deviation using at least three determinations in
duplicate runs. Apparent affinities were determined by
K.sub.D=k.sub.a/k.sub.d. k.sub.a=Association rate constant in
M.sup.-1s.sup.-1 k.sub.d=Dissociation rate constant in s.sup.-1
TABLE-US-00005 TABLE 5 Affinity of anti-LPA mAb for LPA mAbs
k.sub.a (M.sup.-1 s.sup.-1) k.sub.d (s.sup.-1) K.sub.D (pM) A63 4.4
.+-. 1.0 .times. 10.sup.5 1 .times. 10.sup.-6 2.3 .+-. 0.5 B3 7.0
.+-. 1.5 .times. 10.sup.5 1 .times. 10.sup.-6 1.4 .+-. 0.3 B7 6.2
.+-. 0.1 .times. 10.sup.5 1 .times. 10.sup.-6 1.6 .+-. 0.1 D22 3.0
.+-. 0.9 .times. 10.sup.4 1 .times. 10.sup.-6 33 .+-. 10 B3A6 1.2
.+-. 0.9 .times. 10.sup.6 1.9 .+-. 0.4 .times. 10.sup.-5 16 .+-.
1.2
Specificity Profile of Six Anti-LPA mAbs.
Many isoforms of LPA have been identified to be biologically active
and it is preferable that the mAb recognize all of them to some
extent to be of therapeutic relevance. The specificity of the
anti-LPA mAbs was evaluated utilizing a competition assay in which
the competitor lipid was added to the antibody-immobilized lipid
mixture. Competition ELISA assays were performed with 6 mAbs to
assess their specificity. 18:1 LPA was captured on ELISA plates.
Each competitor lipid (up to 10 uM) was serially diluted in BSA (1
mg/ml)-PBS and then incubated with the mAbs (3 nM). Mixtures were
then transferred to LPA coated wells and the amount of bound
antibody was measured with a secondary antibody. Data are
normalized to maximum signal (A.sub.450) and are expressed as
percent inhibition. Assays were performed in triplicate. IC.sub.50:
Half maximum inhibition concentration; MI: Maximum inhibition (% of
binding in the absence of inhibitor); ---: not estimated because of
weak inhibition. A high inhibition result indicates recognition of
the competitor lipid by the antibody. As shown in Table 6, all the
anti-LPA mAbs recognized the different LPA isoforms.
TABLE-US-00006 TABLE 6 Specificity profile of six anti-LPA mAbs.
14:0 LPA 16:0 LPA 18:1 LPA 18:2 LPA 20:4 LPA IC.sub.50 MI IC.sub.50
MI IC.sub.50 MI IC.sub.50 MI IC.sub.50 MI uM % uM % uM % uM % uM %
504B3 0.02 72.3 0.05 70.3 0.287 83 0.064 72.5 0.02 67.1 504B7 0.105
61.3 0.483 62.9 >2.0 100 1.487 100 0.161 67 504B58-3F8 0.26 63.9
5.698 >100 1.5 79.3 1.240 92.6 0.304 79.8 504B104 0.32 23.1
1.557 26.5 28.648 >100 1.591 36 0.32 20.1 504D22-1 0.164 34.9
0.543 31 1.489 47.7 0.331 31.4 0.164 29.5 504A63-1 1.147 31.9 5.994
45.7 -- -- -- -- 0.119 14.5 504B3A6-1 0.108 59.9 1.151 81.1 1.897
87.6 -- -- 0.131 44.9
Interestingly, the anti-LPA mAbs were able to discriminate between
12:0 (lauroyl), 14:0 (myristoyl), 16:0 (palmitoyl), 18:1 (oleoyl),
18:2 (linoleoyl) and 20:4 (arachidonoyl) LPAs. The rank order for
EC.sub.50 was for the unsaturated 18:2>18:1>20:4 and for the
saturated lipids 14:0>16:0>18:0. mAbs with high specificity
are desirable for ultimate drug development. The specificity of the
anti-LPA mAbs was assessed for their binding to LPA related
biolipids such as distearoyl-phosphatidic acid,
lysophosphatidylcholine, S1P, ceramide and ceramide-1-phosphate.
None of the six antibodies demonstrated cross-reactivity to
distearoyl PA and LPC, the immediate metabolic precursor of
LPA.
Example 10
Anti-Cancer Activities of Anti-LPA Monoclonal Antibodies
Cancer Cell Proliferation
LPA is a potent growth factor supporting cell survival and
proliferation by stimulation of G.sub.i, G.sub.q and G.sub.12/13
via GPCR-receptors and activation of downstream signaling events.
Cell lines were tested for their proliferative response to LPA
(0.01 mM to 10 mM). Cell proliferation was assayed by using the
cell proliferation assay kit from Chemicon (Temecula Calif.)
(Panc-1) and the Cell-Blue titer from Pierce (Caki-1). Each data
point is the mean of three independent experiments. LPA increased
proliferation of 7 human-derived tumor cell lines in a dose
dependent manner including SKOV3 and OVCAR3 (ovarian cancer),
Panc-1 (pancreatic cancer), Caki-1 (renal carcinoma cell), DU-145
(prostate cancer), A549 (lung carcinoma), and HCT-116 (colorectal
adenocarcinoma) cells and one rat-derived tumor cell line, RBL-2H3
(rat leukemia cells). Even though tumor-derived cells normally have
high basal levels of proliferation, LPA appears to further augment
proliferation in most tumor cell lines. Anti-LPA mAbs (B7 and B58)
were assessed for the ability to inhibit LPA-induced proliferation
in selected human cancer cell lines. The increase in proliferation
induced by LPA was shown to be mitigated by the addition of
anti-LPA mAb.
Anti-LPA mAb Sensitizes Tumor Cells to Chemotherapeutic Agents
The ability of LPA to protect ovarian tumor cells against apoptosis
when exposed to clinically-relevant levels of the chemotherapeutic
agent, paclitaxel (Taxol) was investigated. SKVO3 cells were
treated with 1% FBS (S), Taxol (0.5 mM), +/- anti-LPA mAbs for 24
h. LPA protected SKVO3 cells from Taxol-induced apoptosis.
Apoptosis was assayed by measurement of the caspase activity as
recommended by the manufacturer (Promega). As anticipated, LPA
protected most of the cancer cell lines tested from taxol-induced
cell death. When anti-LPA antibody was added to a selection of the
LPA responsive cells, the anti-LPA antibody blocked the ability of
LPA to protect cells from death induced by the cytotoxic
chemotherapeutic agent. Moreover, the anti-LPA antibody was able to
remove the protection provided by serum. Serum is estimated to
contain about 5-20 mM LPA. Taxol induced caspase-3,7 activation in
SKOV3 cells and the addition of serum to cells protected cells from
apoptosis. Taxol-induced caspase activation was enhanced by the
addition of all 3 of the anti-LPA mAbs to the culture medium. This
suggests that the protective and anti-apoptotic effects of LPA were
removed by the selective antibody mediated neutralization of the
LPA present in serum.
Anti-LPA mAb Inhibits LPA-Mediated Migration of Tumor Cells
An important characteristic of metastatic cancers is that the tumor
cells escape contact inhibition and migrate away from their tissue
of origin. LPA has been shown to promote metastatic potential in
several cancer cell types. Accordingly, we tested the ability of
anti-LPA mAb to block LPA-dependent cell migration in several human
cancer cell lines by using the cell monolayer scratch assay. Cells
were seeded in 96 well plates and grown to confluence. After 24 h
of starvation, the center of the wells was scratched with a pipette
tip. In this art-accepted "scratch assay," the cells respond to the
scratch wound in the cell monolayer in a stereotyped fashion by
migrating toward the scratch and close the wound. Progression of
migration and wound closure are monitored by digital photography at
10.times. magnification at desired timepoints. Cells were not
treated (NT), treated with LPA (2.5 mM) with or w/o mAb B7 (10
.mu.g/ml) or an isotype matching non-specific antibody (NS) (10
.mu.g/ml). In untreated cells, a large gap remains between the
monolayer margins following the scratch. LPA-treated cells in
contrast, have only a small gap remaining at the same timepoint,
and a few cells are making contact across the gap. In cells treated
with both LPA and the anti-LPA antibody B7, the gap at this
timepoint was several fold larger than the LPA-only treatment
although not as large as the untreated control cells. This shows
that the anti-LPA antibody had an inhibitory effect on the
LPA-stimulated migration of renal cell carcinoma (Caki-1) cells.
Similar data were obtained with mAbs B3 and B58. This indicates
that the anti-LPA mAb can reduce LPA-mediated migration of cell
lines originally derived from metastatic carcinoma.
Anti-LPA mAbs Inhibit Release of Pro-Tumorigenic Cytokines from
Tumor Cells
LPA is involved in the establishment and progression of cancer by
providing a pro-growth tumor microenvironment and promoting
angiogenesis. In particular, increases of the pro-growth factors
such as IL-8 and VEGF have been observed in cancer cells. IL-8 is
strongly implicated in cancer progression and prognosis. IL-8 may
exert its effect in cancer through promoting neovascularization and
inducing chemotaxis of neutrophils and endothelial cells. In
addition, overexpression of IL-8 has been correlated to the
development of a drug resistant phenotype in many human cancer
types.
Three anti-LPA mAbs (B3, B7 and B58) were tested for their
abilities to reduce in vitro IL-8 production compared to a
non-specific antibody (NS). Caki-1 cells were seeded in 96 well
plates and grown to confluency. After overnight serum starvation,
cells were treated with 18:1 LPA (0.2 mM) with or without anti-LPA
mAb B3, B7, B58 or NS (Non-Specific). After 24 h, cultured
supernatants of renal cancer cells (Caki-1), treated with or
without LPA and in presence of increasing concentrations of the
anti-LPA mAbs B3, B7 and B58, were collected and analyzed for IL-8
levels using a commercially available ELISA kit (Human Quantikine
Kit, R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.). In cells pre-treated
with the anti-LPA mAbs, IL-8 expression was significantly reduced
in a dose-dependent manner (from 0.1-30 .mu.g/mL mAb) whereas LPA
increased the expression of IL-8 by an average of 100% in
non-treated cells. Similar results were obtained with the other
well-known pro-angiogenic factor, VEGF. The inhibition of IL-8
release by the anti-LPA mAbs was also observed in other cancerous
cell lines such as the pancreatic cell line Panc-1. These data
suggest that the blockade of the pro-angiogenic factor release is
an additional and potentially important effect of these anti-LPA
mAbs.
Anti-LPA mAbs Inhibit Angiogenesis In Vivo
One of the anti-LPA mAbs (B7) was tested for its ability to
mitigate angiogenesis in vivo using the Matrigel Plug assay. This
assay utilizes Matrigel, a proprietary mixture of tumor remnants
including basement membranes derived from murine tumors. When
Matrigel, or its derivate growth factor-reduced (GFR) Matrigel, is
injected sc into an animal, it solidifies and forms a `plug.` If
pro-angiogenic factors are mixed with the matrix prior to
placement, the plug will be invaded by vascular endothelial cells
which eventually form blood vessels. Matrigel can be prepared
either alone or mixed with recombinant growth factors (bFGF, VEGF),
or tumor cells and then injected sc in the flanks of 6-week old
nude (NCr Nu/Nu) female mice. In this example, Caki-1 (renal
carcinoma) cells were introduced inside the Matrigel and are
producing sufficient levels of VEGF and/or IL8 and LPA. Matrigel
plugs were prepared containing 5.times.10.sup.5 Caki-1 cells from
mice treated with saline or with 10 mg/kg of anti-LPA mAb-B7, every
3 days starting 1 day prior to Matrigel implantation. Plugs were
stained for endothelial CD31, followed by quantitation of the
micro-vasculature formed in the plugs. Quantitation data were means
+/-SEM of at least 16 fields/section from 3 plugs. The plugs from
mice treated with the anti-LPA mAb B7 demonstrated a prominent
reduction in blood vessel formation, as assayed by endothelial
staining for CD31, compared to the plugs from saline-treated mice.
Quantification of stained vessels demonstrates a greater than 50%
reduction in angiogenesis in Caki-1-containing plugs from animals
treated with mAb B7 compared to saline-treated animals. This was a
statistically significant reduction (p<0.05 for mAb B7 vs.
Saline as determined by Student's T-test) in tumor cell
angiogenesis as a result of anti-LPA mAb treatment.
Anti-LPA mAbs Reduces Tumor Progression in Renal and Pancreatic
Xenografts
The anti-LPA antibodies have been shown (above) to be effective in
reducing LPA-induced tumor cell proliferation, migration,
protection from cell death and cytokine release in multiple human
tumor cell lines. mAbs B58 and B7 were next tested in a xenograft
model of renal and pancreatic cancer. Below are preliminary results
that demonstrate the potential anti-tumorigenic effects of the
anti-LPA antibody approach.
Tumors were developed by subcutaneous injection of Caki-1 and
Panc-1 human tumor cells into the left flank of 4 week old female
nude (NCr Nu/Nu) mice using standard protocols. After 10 days for
Caki-1 and 30 days for Panc-1, when solid tumors had formed
(.about.200 mm3), mice were randomized into treatment groups.
Treatment was initiated by i.p. administration of 25 mg/kg of the
anti-LPA mAbs or vehicle (saline solution). Antibodies were
administered every three days for the duration of the study.
Treatments consisted of 25 mg/kg of the anti-LPA mAb B58 for caki-1
tumors, mAb B7 for Panc-1 or Saline. Data are the mean +/-SEM of 7
saline and 6 B58-treated mice for the caki-1 study and 4 saline and
5 B7-treated mice for the panc-1 study. Tumor volumes were measured
every other day using electronic calipers and the tumor volume
determined by the formula, W.sup.2.times.L/2. Animals were
subsequently sacrificed after tumors reached 1500 mm.sup.3 in the
saline group. Final tumor volumes and weights were recorded.
In this preliminary experiment, the ability of the anti-LPA mAbs to
reduce tumor volume was apparent after the tumors reached
approximately 400-500 mm.sup.3. At this point, the tumors from the
control animals continued to grow, while the tumors from the
anti-LPA mAb-treated animals exhibited a slower rate growth in both
xenograft models. Data demonstrates that the anti-LPA mAb also
reduced the final tumor weights of caki-1 and panc-1 tumors when
compared to tumor weights from saline-treated animals.
Anti-LPA mAbs Modulate Levels of Circulating Pro-Angiogenic
Cytokines in Animals with Tumors
The anti-LPA mAbs (B58 and B7) also influenced the levels of
circulating pro-angiogenic cytokine. In animals treated with the
anti-LPA mAb7 (Panc-1), the serum level of interleukin-8 (IL-8) was
not detectable in any antibody-treated animals, whereas IL-8 serum
levels were detectable in Panc-1 and Caki-1 xenografts after 85 and
63 days, respectively. More importantly there was a strong
correlation (r=0.98) between tumor size and IL-8 levels. In the
animals bearing Caki-1 tumors the serum levels of human IL-8 were
also reduced by the treatment with anti-LPA mAb58 (r=0.34) when
compared to saline treatment (r=0.55). As mentioned above, the
reduction of circulating cytokine levels is believed to be due to a
direct inhibition of cytokine release from the tumor cells
themselves. These data demonstrates the ability of the anti-LPA mAb
to reduce tumor progression while also reducing the levels of
circulating pro-angiogenic compounds.
Anti-LPA mAbs Reduces Tumor Progression in a Murine Model of
Metastasis
One important characteristic of tumor progression is the ability of
a tumor to metastasize and form secondary tumor nodules at remote
sites. In vitro studies described hereinabove have demonstrated the
ability of LPA to induce tumor cells to escape contact inhibition
and promote migration in a scratch assay for cell motility. In
these studies, the anti-LPA mAbs also inhibited LPA's tumor growth
promoting effectors. The efficacy of the anti-LPA mAb to inhibit
tumor metastasis in vivo. The phenomenon of tumor metastasis has
been difficult to mimic in animal models. Many investigators
utilize an "experimental" metastasis model in which tumor cells are
directly injected into the blood stream.
Blood vessel formation is an integral process of metastasis because
an increase in the number of blood vessels means cells have to
travel a shorter distance to reach circulation. It is believed that
anti-LPA mAb will inhibit in vivo tumor cell metastasis, based on
the finding that the anti-LPA mAb can block several integral steps
in the metastatic process.
Study: The highly metastatic murine melanoma (B16-F10) was used to
examine the therapeutic effect of three anti-LPA mAbs on metastasis
in vivo. This model has demonstrated to be highly sensitive to cPA
inhibitors of autotaxin. 4 week old female (C57BL/6) mice received
an injection of B16-F10 murine melanoma tumor cells (100 uL of
5.times.10.sup.4 cells/animal) via the tail vein. Mice (10 per
group) were administered 25 mg/kg of the anti-LPA mAb (either B3 or
B7) or saline every three days by i.p. injection. After 18 days,
lungs were harvested and analyzed. The pulmonary organs are the
preferred metastatic site of the melanoma cells, and were therefore
closely evaluated for metastatic nodules. The lungs were inflated
with 10% buffered formalin via the trachea, in order to inflate and
fix simultaneously, so that even small foci could be detectable on
histological examination. Lungs were separated into five lobes and
tumors were categorized by dimension (large.gtoreq.5 mm; medium 1-4
mm; small<1 mm) and counted under a dissecting microscope. Upon
examination of the lungs, the number of tumors was clearly reduced
in antibody-treated animals. For animals treated with mAb B3, large
tumors were reduced by 21%, medium tumors by 17% and small tumors
by 22%. Statistical analysis by student's T-test gave a p<0.05
for number of small tumors in animals treated with mAb B3 vs
saline.
As shown in the above examples, it has now been shown that the
tumorigenic effects of LPA are extended to renal carcinoma (e.g.,
Caki-1) and pancreatic carcinoma (Panc-1) cell lines. LPA induces
tumor cell proliferation, migration and release of pro-angiogenic
and/or pro-metastatic agents, such as VEGF and IL-8, in both cell
lines. It has now been shown that three high-affinity and specific
monoclonal anti-LPA antibodies demonstrate efficacy in a panel of
in vitro cell assays and in vivo tumor models of angiogenesis and
metastasis.
Example 11
Immunohistochemistry of Tumor Biopsy Material
The purpose of this example is to demonstrate that mAbs developed
against S1P could be used to detect S1P in biopsy material. This
immunohistochemical (IHC) method assesses the level of S1P in the
tumor (which is believed to be produced by the tumor itself) and
may be more sensitive and specific than measuring protein or RNA
expression of sphingosine kinase. In addition, the IHC method would
not suffer diminution of the S1P signal as S1P secreted from the
tumor is diluted into the extracellular space (e.g., plasma
compartment). We analyzed S1P content in U937 human tumor sections
(frozen; 10 .mu.m thick) from a mouse Matrigel/xenograft model.
U937 cells (human lymphoma cell line; ATCC cat no# CRL-1593.2) were
mixed with Matrigel matrix, at a concentration of 10.5 mg/ml. 600
.mu.L of Matrigel mix containing U937 (30.times.10.sup.6 cells/plug
in a 600 .mu.l volume) were implanted into the right flank of 4-6
weeks nu/nu female mice and allowed to grow for 30 days. The
animals were sacrificed and the Matrigel plugs were excised and
embedded in OTC and flash frozen in dry ice and isopentane. Then
were sectioned using a cryostat to 5 um sections. Sections were
then fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin, (Sigma, St. Louis Mo.;
catalog number: HT 50-1-1; lot#025K4353) for 20 min at room temp
and then sections. The sections were washed with 100 mM glycine (pH
7.4) in PBS for 5 min at room temp, washed 2.times. with PBS/0.1%
Tween 20. Sections were blocked in 1% BSA/PBS/0.05% Tween for 20
min at room temp. Primary antibodies (e.g. murine anti-S1P mAb)
were diluted (1:25 or at 1:50, as indicated) in 1%/BSA/PBS/0.05%
Tween and incubated with tumor sections for 3 hr at room temp.
Sections were then washed 3.times. with PBS/0.1% Tween with gentle
agitation. Diluted secondary antibodies (FITC-conjugated anti mouse
Ab (1:250) and RRX-conjugated anti-rat Ab (1:2500 or 1:500) in 1%
BSA/PBS/0.05% Tween were incubated with tumor sections for 1 hr at
room temp. Sections were then washed 6.times. at 5 min intervals
with PBS/0.05% Tween. Sections were counterstained with DAPI
(4',6-diamidino-2-phenylindole dilactate (DAPI, 10 mg; Sigma, St.
Louis Mo.; catalog number D3571, lot 22775) by incubation with DAPI
(1:5000) diluted in PBS for 20 min at room temp. Sections were then
washed 2.times. at 5 min intervals with PBS and 1.times. with DI
H.sub.2O and mounted in Gelvitol mounting media and let dry.
Primary antibodies used were LT1002 (LH-2; 15 mg/ml) anti-S1P mAb
diluted to 1.0 mg/ml and added at a working concentration of 1:25
in 1%/BSA/PBS/0.05% Tween. Secondary antibodies used were:
Fluorescein (FITC)-conjugated rabbit anti-mouse IgG (H+L) (Jackson
ImmunoResearch, West Grove Pa.; catalog #315-095-003; lot number:
67031) Ab diluted 1:250 in 1%/BSA/PBS/0.05% Tween. Images were
captured with a DeltaVision deconvolution microscope system
(Applied Precision, Inc., Issaquah, Wash..) The system includes a
Photometrics CCD mounted on a Nikon TE-200 inverted
epi-fluorescence microscope. In general, 8-10 optical sections
spaced by .about.0.2 um were taken. Exposure times were set such
that the camera response was in the linear range for each
fluorophore. Lenses included 20.times. and 10.times.. The data sets
were deconvolved and analyzed using SoftWorx software (Applied
Precision, Inc) on a Silicon Graphics Octane workstation.
S1P could easily be seen in tumor biopsy images using this IHC
method, using the anti-S1P mAb as the primary antibody. In
contrast, S1P staining was absent in control samples from which the
primary antibody was omitted.
Without being bound by theory or limited to these examples, it is
believed that the measurement of the biomarker S1P could be used in
conjunction with measurements of gene expression for S1P receptors
and of sphingosine kinase, both of which could serve as surrogate
cancer markers. Examples of methods of gene expression analysis
known in the art include DNA arrays or microarrays (Brazma and
Vilo, FEBS Lett., 2000, 480, 17 24; Celis, et al., FEBS Lett.,
2000, 480, 2 16), SAGE (serial analysis of gene expression)
(Madden, et al., Drug Discov. Today, 2000, 5, 415 425), READS
(restriction enzyme amplification of digested cDNAs) (Prashar and
Weissman, Methods Enzymol., 1999, 303, 258 72), TOGA (total gene
expression analysis) (Sutcliffe, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
U.S.A., 2000, 97, 1976 81), protein arrays and proteomics (Celis,
et al., FEBS Lett., 2000, 480, 2 16; Jungblut, et al.,
Electrophoresis, 1999, 20, 2100 10), expressed sequence tag (EST)
sequencing (Celis, et al., FEBS Lett., 2000, 480, 2 16; Larsson, et
al., J. Biotechnol., 2000, 80, 143 57), subtractive RNA
fingerprinting (SuRF) (Fuchs, et al., Anal. Biochem., 2000, 286, 91
98; Larson, et al., Cytometry, 2000, 41, 203 208), subtractive
cloning, differential display (DD) (Jurecic and Belmont, Curr.
Opin. Microbiol., 2000, 3, 316 21), comparative genomic
hybridization (Carulli, et al., J. Cell Biochem. Suppl., 1998, 31,
286 96), FISH (fluorescent in situ hybridization) techniques (Going
and Gusterson, Eur. J. Cancer, 1999, 35, 1895 904) and mass
spectrometry methods (To, Comb. Chem. High Throughput Screen, 2000,
3, 235 41).
All of the compositions and methods described and claimed herein
can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of
the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this
invention have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it
will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may
be applied to the compositions and methods. All such similar
substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art
are deemed to be within the spirit and scope of the invention as
defined by the appended claims.
All patents, patent applications, and publications mentioned in the
specification are indicative of the levels of those of ordinary
skill in the art to which the invention pertains. All patents,
patent applications, and publications, including those to which
priority or another benefit is claimed, are herein incorporated by
reference to the same extent as if each individual publication was
specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by
reference.
The invention illustratively described herein suitably may be
practiced in the absence of any element(s) not specifically
disclosed herein. Thus, for example, in each instance herein any of
the terms "comprising", "consisting essentially of", and
"consisting of" may be replaced with either of the other two terms.
The terms and expressions which have been employed are used as
terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no
intention that in the use of such terms and expressions of
excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or
portions thereof, but it is recognized that various modifications
are possible within the scope of the invention claimed. Thus, it
should be understood that although the present invention has been
specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments and optional
features, modification and variation of the concepts herein
disclosed may be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that
such modifications and variations are considered to be within the
scope of this invention as defined by the appended claims.
SEQUENCE LISTINGS
1
41126DNAArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic primer 1atggratgga gckggrtctt tmtctt 26221DNAArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic primer
2cagtggatag acagatgggg g 21321DNAArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic primer 3cagtggatag accgatgggg c
21421DNAArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic primer 4cagtggatag actgatgggg g 21521DNAArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic primer
5caagggatag acagatgggg c 216120PRTMus musculus 6Gln Ala His Leu Gln
Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Ala 1 5 10 15Ser Val Lys
Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe Ile Asp His 20 25 30Thr Ile
His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu Glu Trp Ile 35 40 45Gly
Cys Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn Glu Met Phe 50 55
60Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr Thr Ala Tyr
65 70 75 80Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val Tyr
Phe Cys 85 90 95Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp
Phe Trp Gly 100 105 110Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Val Ser 115
120718DNAArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic primer 7gtctctgatt ctagggca 18820DNAArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic primer
8actggatggt gggaagatgg 209107PRTMus musculus 9Glu Thr Thr Val Thr
Gln Ser Pro Ala Ser Leu Ser Met Ala Ile Gly 1 5 10 15Glu Lys Val
Thr Ile Arg Cys Ile Thr Thr Thr Asp Ile Asp Asp Asp 20 25 30Met Asn
Trp Phe Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Glu Pro Pro Asn Leu Leu Ile 35 40 45Ser
Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Ser 50 55
60Ser Gly Tyr Gly Thr Asp Phe Leu Phe Thr Ile Glu Asn Met Leu Ser
65 70 75 80Glu Asp Val Ala Asp Tyr Tyr Cys Leu Gln Ser Asp Asn Leu
Pro Phe 85 90 95Thr Phe Gly Ser Gly Thr Lys Leu Glu Ile Lys 100
1051011PRTMus musculus 10Ile Thr Thr Thr Asp Ile Asp Asp Asp Met
Asn 1 5 10117PRTMus musculus 11Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro 1
5129PRTMus musculus 12Leu Gln Ser Asp Asn Leu Pro Phe Thr 1
5135PRTMus musculus 13Asp His Thr Ile His 1 51417PRTMus musculus
14Cys Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn Glu Met Phe Arg 1
5 10 15Gly1512PRTMus musculus 15Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp
Phe Asp Phe 1 5 1016403DNAMus musculus 16agcttgccgc caccatgatt
gcctctgctc agttccttgg tctcctgttg ctctgttttc 60aaggtaccag atgtgaaaca
actgtgaccc agtctccagc atccctgtcc atggctatag 120gagaaaaagt
caccatcaga tgcataacca ccactgatat tgatgatgat atgaactggt
180tccagcagaa gccaggggaa cctcctaacc tccttatttc cgaaggcaat
attcttcgtc 240ctggagtccc atcccgattc tccagcagtg gctatggtac
agactttctt tttacaattg 300aaaacatgct ctcagaagat gttgcagatt
actactgttt gcagagtgat aacttaccat 360tcacgttcgg ctcggggaca
aagttggaaa taaaacgtga gtg 40317129PRTMus musculus 17Met Ile Ala Ser
Ala Gln Phe Leu Gly Leu Leu Leu Leu Cys Phe Gln 1 5 10 15Gly Thr
Arg Cys Glu Thr Thr Val Thr Gln Ser Pro Ala Ser Leu Ser 20 25 30Met
Ala Ile Gly Glu Lys Val Thr Ile Arg Cys Ile Thr Thr Thr Asp 35 40
45Ile Asp Asp Asp Met Asn Trp Phe Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Glu Pro Pro
50 55 60Asn Leu Leu Ile Ser Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro Gly Val Pro
Ser 65 70 75 80Arg Phe Ser Ser Ser Gly Tyr Gly Thr Asp Phe Leu Phe
Thr Ile Glu 85 90 95Asn Met Leu Ser Glu Asp Val Ala Asp Tyr Tyr Cys
Leu Gln Ser Asp 100 105 110Asn Leu Pro Phe Thr Phe Gly Ser Gly Thr
Lys Leu Glu Ile Lys Arg 115 120 125Glu18403DNAMus
musculusCDS(15)..(401) 18agcttgccgc cacc atg att gcc tct gct cag
ttc ctt ggt ctc ctg ttg 50 Met Ile Ala Ser Ala Gln Phe Leu Gly Leu
Leu Leu 1 5 10ctc tgt ttt caa ggt acc aga tgt gaa aca act gtg acc
cag tct cca 98Leu Cys Phe Gln Gly Thr Arg Cys Glu Thr Thr Val Thr
Gln Ser Pro 15 20 25gca tcc ctg tcc atg gct ata gga gaa aaa gtc acc
atc aga tgc ata 146Ala Ser Leu Ser Met Ala Ile Gly Glu Lys Val Thr
Ile Arg Cys Ile 30 35 40acc acc act gat att gat gat gat gtg aac tgg
ttc cag cag aag cca 194Thr Thr Thr Asp Ile Asp Asp Asp Val Asn Trp
Phe Gln Gln Lys Pro 45 50 55 60ggg gaa cct cct aac ctc ctt att tcc
gaa ggc aat att ctt cgt cct 242Gly Glu Pro Pro Asn Leu Leu Ile Ser
Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro 65 70 75gga gtc cca tcc cga ttc tcc agc
agt ggc tat ggt aca gac ttt ctt 290Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Ser
Ser Gly Tyr Gly Thr Asp Phe Leu 80 85 90ttt aca att gaa aac atg ctc
tca gaa gat gtt gca gat tac tac tgt 338Phe Thr Ile Glu Asn Met Leu
Ser Glu Asp Val Ala Asp Tyr Tyr Cys 95 100 105ttg cag agt gat aac
tta cca ttc acg ttc ggc tcg ggg aca aag ttg 386Leu Gln Ser Asp Asn
Leu Pro Phe Thr Phe Gly Ser Gly Thr Lys Leu 110 115 120gaa ata aaa
cgt gag tg 403Glu Ile Lys Arg Glu12519403DNAMus
musculusCDS(15)..(401) 19agcttgccgc cacc atg att gcc tct gct cag
ttc ctt ggt ctc ctg ttg 50 Met Ile Ala Ser Ala Gln Phe Leu Gly Leu
Leu Leu 1 5 10ctc tgt ttt caa ggt acc aga tgt gaa aca act gtg acc
cag tct cca 98Leu Cys Phe Gln Gly Thr Arg Cys Glu Thr Thr Val Thr
Gln Ser Pro 15 20 25gca tcc ctg tcc atg gct ata gga gaa aaa gtc acc
atc aga tgc ata 146Ala Ser Leu Ser Met Ala Ile Gly Glu Lys Val Thr
Ile Arg Cys Ile 30 35 40acc acc act gat att gat gat gat ctt aac tgg
ttc cag cag aag cca 194Thr Thr Thr Asp Ile Asp Asp Asp Leu Asn Trp
Phe Gln Gln Lys Pro 45 50 55 60ggg gaa cct cct aac ctc ctt att tcc
gaa ggc aat att ctt cgt cct 242Gly Glu Pro Pro Asn Leu Leu Ile Ser
Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro 65 70 75gga gtc cca tcc cga ttc tcc agc
agt ggc tat ggt aca gac ttt ctt 290Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Ser
Ser Gly Tyr Gly Thr Asp Phe Leu 80 85 90ttt aca att gaa aac atg ctc
tca gaa gat gtt gca gat tac tac tgt 338Phe Thr Ile Glu Asn Met Leu
Ser Glu Asp Val Ala Asp Tyr Tyr Cys 95 100 105ttg cag agt gat aac
tta cca ttc acg ttc ggc tcg ggg aca aag ttg 386Leu Gln Ser Asp Asn
Leu Pro Phe Thr Phe Gly Ser Gly Thr Lys Leu 110 115 120gaa ata aaa
cgt gag tg 403Glu Ile Lys Arg Glu12520403DNAMus
musculusCDS(15)..(401) 20agcttgccgc cacc atg att gcc tct gct cag
ttc ctt ggt ctc ctg ttg 50 Met Ile Ala Ser Ala Gln Phe Leu Gly Leu
Leu Leu 1 5 10ctc tgt ttt caa ggt acc aga tgt gaa aca act gtg acc
cag tct cca 98Leu Cys Phe Gln Gly Thr Arg Cys Glu Thr Thr Val Thr
Gln Ser Pro 15 20 25gca tcc ctg tcc atg gct ata gga gaa aaa gtc acc
atc aga tgc ata 146Ala Ser Leu Ser Met Ala Ile Gly Glu Lys Val Thr
Ile Arg Cys Ile 30 35 40acc acc act gat att gat gat gat ggt aac tgg
ttc cag cag aag cca 194Thr Thr Thr Asp Ile Asp Asp Asp Gly Asn Trp
Phe Gln Gln Lys Pro 45 50 55 60ggg gaa cct cct aac ctc ctt att tcc
gaa ggc aat att ctt cgt cct 242Gly Glu Pro Pro Asn Leu Leu Ile Ser
Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro 65 70 75gga gtc cca tcc cga ttc tcc agc
agt ggc tat ggt aca gac ttt ctt 290Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Ser
Ser Gly Tyr Gly Thr Asp Phe Leu 80 85 90ttt aca att gaa aac atg ctc
tca gaa gat gtt gca gat tac tac tgt 338Phe Thr Ile Glu Asn Met Leu
Ser Glu Asp Val Ala Asp Tyr Tyr Cys 95 100 105ttg cag agt gat aac
tta cca ttc acg ttc ggc tcg ggg aca aag ttg 386Leu Gln Ser Asp Asn
Leu Pro Phe Thr Phe Gly Ser Gly Thr Lys Leu 110 115 120gaa ata aaa
cgt gag tg 403Glu Ile Lys Arg Glu12521403DNAMus
musculusCDS(15)..(401) 21agcttgccgc cacc atg att gcc tct gct cag
ttc ctt ggt ctc ctg ttg 50 Met Ile Ala Ser Ala Gln Phe Leu Gly Leu
Leu Leu 1 5 10ctc tgt ttt caa ggt acc aga tgt gaa aca act gtg acc
cag tct cca 98Leu Cys Phe Gln Gly Thr Arg Cys Glu Thr Thr Val Thr
Gln Ser Pro 15 20 25gca tcc ctg tcc atg gct ata gga gaa aaa gtc acc
atc aga tgc ata 146Ala Ser Leu Ser Met Ala Ile Gly Glu Lys Val Thr
Ile Arg Cys Ile 30 35 40acc acc act gat att gat gat gat ccg aac tgg
ttc cag cag aag cca 194Thr Thr Thr Asp Ile Asp Asp Asp Pro Asn Trp
Phe Gln Gln Lys Pro 45 50 55 60ggg gaa cct cct aac ctc ctt att tcc
gaa ggc aat att ctt cgt cct 242Gly Glu Pro Pro Asn Leu Leu Ile Ser
Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro 65 70 75gga gtc cca tcc cga ttc tcc agc
agt ggc tat ggt aca gac ttt ctt 290Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Ser
Ser Gly Tyr Gly Thr Asp Phe Leu 80 85 90ttt aca att gaa aac atg ctc
tca gaa gat gtt gca gat tac tac tgt 338Phe Thr Ile Glu Asn Met Leu
Ser Glu Asp Val Ala Asp Tyr Tyr Cys 95 100 105ttg cag agt gat aac
tta cca ttc acg ttc ggc tcg ggg aca aag ttg 386Leu Gln Ser Asp Asn
Leu Pro Phe Thr Phe Gly Ser Gly Thr Lys Leu 110 115 120gaa ata aaa
cgt gag tg 403Glu Ile Lys Arg Glu12522129PRTMus musculus 22Met Ile
Ala Ser Ala Gln Phe Leu Gly Leu Leu Leu Leu Cys Phe Gln 1 5 10
15Gly Thr Arg Cys Glu Thr Thr Val Thr Gln Ser Pro Ala Ser Leu Ser
20 25 30Met Ala Ile Gly Glu Lys Val Thr Ile Arg Cys Ile Thr Thr Thr
Asp 35 40 45Ile Asp Asp Asp Val Asn Trp Phe Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Glu
Pro Pro 50 55 60Asn Leu Leu Ile Ser Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro Gly
Val Pro Ser 65 70 75 80Arg Phe Ser Ser Ser Gly Tyr Gly Thr Asp Phe
Leu Phe Thr Ile Glu 85 90 95Asn Met Leu Ser Glu Asp Val Ala Asp Tyr
Tyr Cys Leu Gln Ser Asp 100 105 110Asn Leu Pro Phe Thr Phe Gly Ser
Gly Thr Lys Leu Glu Ile Lys Arg 115 120 125Glu23129PRTMus musculus
23Met Ile Ala Ser Ala Gln Phe Leu Gly Leu Leu Leu Leu Cys Phe Gln 1
5 10 15Gly Thr Arg Cys Glu Thr Thr Val Thr Gln Ser Pro Ala Ser Leu
Ser 20 25 30Met Ala Ile Gly Glu Lys Val Thr Ile Arg Cys Ile Thr Thr
Thr Asp 35 40 45Ile Asp Asp Asp Leu Asn Trp Phe Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly
Glu Pro Pro 50 55 60Asn Leu Leu Ile Ser Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro
Gly Val Pro Ser 65 70 75 80Arg Phe Ser Ser Ser Gly Tyr Gly Thr Asp
Phe Leu Phe Thr Ile Glu 85 90 95Asn Met Leu Ser Glu Asp Val Ala Asp
Tyr Tyr Cys Leu Gln Ser Asp 100 105 110Asn Leu Pro Phe Thr Phe Gly
Ser Gly Thr Lys Leu Glu Ile Lys Arg 115 120 125Glu24129PRTMus
musculus 24Met Ile Ala Ser Ala Gln Phe Leu Gly Leu Leu Leu Leu Cys
Phe Gln 1 5 10 15Gly Thr Arg Cys Glu Thr Thr Val Thr Gln Ser Pro
Ala Ser Leu Ser 20 25 30Met Ala Ile Gly Glu Lys Val Thr Ile Arg Cys
Ile Thr Thr Thr Asp 35 40 45Ile Asp Asp Asp Gly Asn Trp Phe Gln Gln
Lys Pro Gly Glu Pro Pro 50 55 60Asn Leu Leu Ile Ser Glu Gly Asn Ile
Leu Arg Pro Gly Val Pro Ser 65 70 75 80Arg Phe Ser Ser Ser Gly Tyr
Gly Thr Asp Phe Leu Phe Thr Ile Glu 85 90 95Asn Met Leu Ser Glu Asp
Val Ala Asp Tyr Tyr Cys Leu Gln Ser Asp 100 105 110Asn Leu Pro Phe
Thr Phe Gly Ser Gly Thr Lys Leu Glu Ile Lys Arg 115 120
125Glu25129PRTMus musculus 25Met Ile Ala Ser Ala Gln Phe Leu Gly
Leu Leu Leu Leu Cys Phe Gln 1 5 10 15Gly Thr Arg Cys Glu Thr Thr
Val Thr Gln Ser Pro Ala Ser Leu Ser 20 25 30Met Ala Ile Gly Glu Lys
Val Thr Ile Arg Cys Ile Thr Thr Thr Asp 35 40 45Ile Asp Asp Asp Pro
Asn Trp Phe Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Glu Pro Pro 50 55 60Asn Leu Leu Ile
Ser Glu Gly Asn Ile Leu Arg Pro Gly Val Pro Ser 65 70 75 80Arg Phe
Ser Ser Ser Gly Tyr Gly Thr Asp Phe Leu Phe Thr Ile Glu 85 90 95Asn
Met Leu Ser Glu Asp Val Ala Asp Tyr Tyr Cys Leu Gln Ser Asp 100 105
110Asn Leu Pro Phe Thr Phe Gly Ser Gly Thr Lys Leu Glu Ile Lys Arg
115 120 125Glu26436DNAMus musculus 26atggcatgga gctgggtctt
tctcttcttc ctgtcagtaa ctaccggcgt ccactcccag 60gctcacctgc aacagtctga
cgctgaattg gtgaaacctg gagcttcagt gaagatatcc 120tgcaaggttt
ctggcttcat tttcattgac catactattc actggatgaa gcagaggcct
180gaacagggcc tcgaatggat cggatgtatt tctcccagac atgatattac
taaatacaat 240gagatgttca ggggcaaggc caccctgact gcagacaagt
cctccactac agcctacata 300caagtcaaca gtctgacatt tgaagactct
gcagtctatt tctgtgcaag aggggggttc 360tacggtagta ctatctggtt
tgacttttgg ggccaaggca ccactctcac agtctcctca 420gcctccacca agggcc
43627145PRTMus musculus 27Met Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe Phe
Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10 15Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu Gln
Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys Ile
Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45Ile Asp His Thr Ile His
Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55 60Glu Trp Ile Gly Cys
Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80Glu Met Phe
Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95Thr Ala
Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105
110Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp
115 120 125Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser
Thr Lys 130 135 140Gly14528436DNAMus musculusCDS(1)..(435) 28atg
gca tgg agc tgg gtc ttt ctc ttc ttc ctg tca gta act acc ggc 48Met
Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10
15gtc cac tcc cag gct cac ctg caa cag tct gac gct gaa ttg gtg aaa
96Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys
20 25 30cct gga gct tca gtg aag ata tcc tgc aag gtt tct ggc ttc att
ttc 144Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile
Phe 35 40 45att gac cat act att cac tgg atg aag cag agg cct gaa cag
ggc ctc 192Ile Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln
Gly Leu 50 55 60gaa tgg atc gga gct att tct ccc aga cat gat att act
aaa tac aat 240Glu Trp Ile Gly Ala Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr
Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80gag atg ttc agg ggc aag gcc acc ctg act gca
gac aag tcc tcc act 288Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala
Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90
95aca gcc tac ata caa gtc aac agt ctg aca ttt gaa gac tct gca gtc
336Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val
100 105 110tat ttc tgt gca aga ggg ggg ttc tac ggt agt act atc tgg
ttt gac 384Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp
Phe Asp 115 120 125ttt tgg ggc caa ggc acc act ctc aca gtc tcc tca
gcc tcc acc aag 432Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser
Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135 140ggc c 436Gly14529436DNAMus
musculusCDS(1)..(435) 29atg gca tgg agc tgg gtc ttt ctc ttc ttc ctg
tca gta act acc ggc 48Met Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu
Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10 15gtc cac tcc cag gct cac ctg caa cag
tct gac gct gaa ttg gtg aaa 96Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln
Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30cct gga gct tca gtg aag ata tcc
tgc aag gtt tct ggc ttc att ttc 144Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser
Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45att gac cat act att cac tgg
atg aag cag agg cct gaa cag ggc ctc 192Ile Asp His Thr Ile His Trp
Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55 60gaa tgg atc gga tct att
tct ccc aga cat gat att act aaa tac aat 240Glu Trp Ile Gly Ser Ile
Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80gag atg ttc agg
ggc aag gcc acc ctg act gca gac aag tcc tcc act 288Glu Met Phe Arg
Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95aca gcc tac
ata caa gtc aac agt ctg aca ttt gaa gac tct gca gtc 336Thr Ala Tyr
Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105 110tat
ttc tgt gca aga ggg ggg ttc tac ggt agt act atc tgg ttt gac 384Tyr
Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120
125ttt tgg ggc caa ggc acc act ctc aca gtc tcc tca gcc tcc acc aag
432Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys
130 135 140ggc c 436Gly14530436DNAMus musculusCDS(1)..(435) 30atg
gca tgg agc tgg gtc ttt ctc ttc ttc ctg tca gta act acc ggc 48Met
Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10
15gtc cac tcc cag gct cac ctg caa cag tct gac gct gaa ttg gtg aaa
96Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys
20 25 30cct gga gct tca gtg aag ata tcc tgc aag gtt tct ggc ttc att
ttc 144Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile
Phe 35 40 45att gac cat act att cac tgg atg aag cag agg cct gaa cag
ggc ctc 192Ile Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln
Gly Leu 50 55 60gaa tgg atc gga tgg att tct ccc aga cat gat att act
aaa tac aat 240Glu Trp Ile Gly Trp Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr
Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80gag atg ttc agg ggc aag gcc acc ctg act gca
gac aag tcc tcc act 288Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala
Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95aca gcc tac ata caa gtc aac agt ctg aca
ttt gaa gac tct gca gtc 336Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr
Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105 110tat ttc tgt gca aga ggg ggg ttc
tac ggt agt act atc tgg ttt gac 384Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe
Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120 125ttt tgg ggc caa ggc acc
act ctc aca gtc tcc tca gcc tcc acc aag 432Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr
Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135 140ggc c
436Gly14531436DNAMus musculusCDS(1)..(435) 31atg gca tgg agc tgg
gtc ttt ctc ttc ttc ctg tca gta act acc ggc 48Met Ala Trp Ser Trp
Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10 15gtc cac tcc
cag gct cac ctg caa cag tct gac gct gaa ttg gtg aaa 96Val His Ser
Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30cct gga
gct tca gtg aag ata tcc tgc aag gtt tct ggc ttc att ttc 144Pro Gly
Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45att
gac cat act att cac tgg atg aag cag agg cct gaa cag ggc ctc 192Ile
Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55
60gaa tgg atc gga tat att tct ccc aga cat gat att act aaa tac aat
240Glu Trp Ile Gly Tyr Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn
65 70 75 80gag atg ttc agg ggc aag gcc acc ctg act gca gac aag tcc
tcc act 288Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser
Ser Thr 85 90 95aca gcc tac ata caa gtc aac agt ctg aca ttt gaa gac
tct gca gtc 336Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp
Ser Ala Val 100 105 110tat ttc tgt gca aga ggg ggg ttc tac ggt agt
act atc tgg ttt gac 384Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser
Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120 125ttt tgg ggc caa ggc acc act ctc aca
gtc tcc tca gcc tcc acc aag 432Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr
Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135 140ggc c 436Gly14532436DNAMus
musculusCDS(1)..(435) 32atg gca tgg agc tgg gtc ttt ctc ttc ttc ctg
tca gta act acc ggc 48Met Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu
Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10 15gtc cac tcc cag gct cac ctg caa cag
tct gac gct gaa ttg gtg aaa 96Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln
Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30cct gga gct tca gtg aag ata tcc
tgc aag gtt tct ggc ttc att ttc 144Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser
Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45att gac cat act att cac tgg
atg aag cag agg cct gaa cag ggc ctc 192Ile Asp His Thr Ile His Trp
Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55 60gaa tgg atc gga cgt att
tct ccc aga cat gat att act aaa tac aat 240Glu Trp Ile Gly Arg Ile
Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80gag atg ttc agg
ggc aag gcc acc ctg act gca gac aag tcc tcc act 288Glu Met Phe Arg
Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95aca gcc tac
ata caa gtc aac agt ctg aca ttt gaa gac tct gca gtc 336Thr Ala Tyr
Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105 110tat
ttc tgt gca aga ggg ggg ttc tac ggt agt act atc tgg ttt gac 384Tyr
Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120
125ttt tgg ggc caa ggc acc act ctc aca gtc tcc tca gcc tcc acc aag
432Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys
130 135 140ggc c 436Gly14533436DNAMus musculusCDS(1)..(435) 33atg
gca tgg agc tgg gtc ttt ctc ttc ttc ctg tca gta act acc ggc 48Met
Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10
15gtc cac tcc cag gct cac ctg caa cag tct gac gct gaa ttg gtg aaa
96Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys
20 25 30cct gga gct tca gtg aag ata tcc tgc aag gtt tct ggc ttc att
ttc 144Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile
Phe 35 40 45att gac cat act att cac tgg atg aag cag agg cct gaa cag
ggc ctc 192Ile Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln
Gly Leu 50 55 60gaa tgg atc gga ttt att tct ccc aga cat gat att act
aaa tac aat 240Glu Trp Ile Gly Phe Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr
Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80gag atg ttc agg ggc aag gcc acc ctg act gca
gac aag tcc tcc act 288Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala
Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95aca gcc tac ata caa gtc aac agt ctg aca
ttt gaa gac tct gca gtc 336Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr
Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105 110tat ttc tgt gca aga ggg ggg ttc
tac ggt agt act atc tgg ttt gac 384Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe
Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120 125ttt tgg ggc caa ggc acc
act ctc aca gtc tcc tca gcc tcc acc aag 432Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr
Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135 140ggc c
436Gly14534436DNAMus musculusCDS(1)..(435) 34atg gca tgg agc tgg
gtc ttt ctc ttc ttc ctg tca gta act acc ggc 48Met Ala Trp Ser Trp
Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10 15gtc cac tcc
cag gct cac ctg caa cag tct gac gct gaa ttg gtg aaa 96Val His Ser
Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30cct gga
gct tca gtg aag ata tcc tgc aag gtt tct ggc ttc att ttc 144Pro Gly
Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45att
gac cat act att cac tgg atg aag cag agg cct gaa cag ggc ctc 192Ile
Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55
60gaa tgg atc gga atg att tct ccc aga cat gat att act aaa tac aat
240Glu Trp Ile Gly Met Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn
65 70 75 80gag atg ttc agg ggc aag gcc acc ctg act gca gac aag tcc
tcc act 288Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser
Ser Thr 85 90 95aca gcc tac ata caa gtc aac agt ctg aca ttt gaa gac
tct gca gtc 336Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp
Ser Ala Val 100 105 110tat ttc tgt gca aga ggg ggg ttc tac ggt agt
act atc tgg ttt gac 384Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser
Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120 125ttt tgg ggc caa ggc acc act ctc aca
gtc tcc tca gcc tcc acc aag 432Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr
Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135 140ggc c 436Gly14535145PRTMus
musculus 35Met Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr
Thr Gly 1 5 10 15Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala
Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val
Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45Ile Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln
Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55 60Glu Trp Ile Gly Ala Ile Ser Pro Arg
His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala
Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val
Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105 110Tyr Phe Cys Ala
Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120 125Phe Trp
Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135
140Gly14536145PRTMus musculus 36Met Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe
Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10 15Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu
Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys
Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45Ile Asp His Thr Ile
His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55 60Glu Trp Ile Gly
Ser Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80Glu Met
Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95Thr
Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105
110Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp
115 120 125Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser
Thr Lys 130 135 140Gly14537145PRTMus musculus 37Met Ala Trp Ser Trp
Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10 15Val His Ser
Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30Pro Gly
Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45Ile
Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55
60Glu Trp Ile Gly Trp Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn
65 70 75 80Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser
Ser Thr 85 90 95Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp
Ser Ala Val 100 105 110Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser
Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120 125Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr
Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135 140Gly14538145PRTMus musculus
38Met Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1
5 10 15Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val
Lys 20 25 30Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe
Ile Phe 35 40 45Ile Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu
Gln Gly Leu 50 55 60Glu Trp Ile Gly Tyr Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile
Thr Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr
Ala Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu
Thr Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105 110Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly
Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120 125Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly
Thr Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135
140Gly14539145PRTMus musculus 39Met Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe
Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10 15Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu
Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys
Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45Ile Asp His Thr Ile
His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55 60Glu Trp Ile Gly
Arg Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80Glu Met
Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95Thr
Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105
110Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp
115 120 125Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser
Thr Lys 130 135 140Gly14540145PRTMus musculus 40Met Ala Trp Ser Trp
Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1 5 10 15Val His Ser
Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val Lys 20 25 30Pro Gly
Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Phe 35 40 45Ile
Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln Gly Leu 50 55
60Glu Trp Ile Gly Phe Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr Lys Tyr Asn
65 70 75 80Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser
Ser Thr 85 90 95Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr Phe Glu Asp
Ser Ala Val 100 105 110Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Tyr Gly Ser
Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120 125Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr
Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135 140Gly14541145PRTMus musculus
41Met Ala Trp Ser Trp Val Phe Leu Phe Phe Leu Ser Val Thr Thr Gly 1
5 10 15Val His Ser Gln Ala His Leu Gln Gln Ser Asp Ala Glu Leu Val
Lys
20 25 30Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys Ile Ser Cys Lys Val Ser Gly Phe Ile
Phe 35 40 45Ile Asp His Thr Ile His Trp Met Lys Gln Arg Pro Glu Gln
Gly Leu 50 55 60Glu Trp Ile Gly Met Ile Ser Pro Arg His Asp Ile Thr
Lys Tyr Asn 65 70 75 80Glu Met Phe Arg Gly Lys Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala
Asp Lys Ser Ser Thr 85 90 95Thr Ala Tyr Ile Gln Val Asn Ser Leu Thr
Phe Glu Asp Ser Ala Val 100 105 110Tyr Phe Cys Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe
Tyr Gly Ser Thr Ile Trp Phe Asp 115 120 125Phe Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr
Thr Leu Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Lys 130 135 140Gly145
* * * * *
References